[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2024243187A1 - Nanomaterial encapsulated biofilm inhibitors for dental caries treatment - Google Patents

Nanomaterial encapsulated biofilm inhibitors for dental caries treatment Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024243187A1
WO2024243187A1 PCT/US2024/030331 US2024030331W WO2024243187A1 WO 2024243187 A1 WO2024243187 A1 WO 2024243187A1 US 2024030331 W US2024030331 W US 2024030331W WO 2024243187 A1 WO2024243187 A1 WO 2024243187A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
mutans
biofilm
composition
oral
hydrogel
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2024/030331
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Sadanandan E. Velu
Eugenia Kharlampieva
Parmanand AHIWAR
Veronika Kozlovskaya
Original Assignee
The Uab Research Foundation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by The Uab Research Foundation filed Critical The Uab Research Foundation
Publication of WO2024243187A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024243187A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/335Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
    • A61K31/34Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having five-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. isosorbide
    • A61K31/343Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin having five-membered rings with one oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. isosorbide condensed with a carbocyclic ring, e.g. coumaran, bufuralol, befunolol, clobenfurol, amiodarone
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/77Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D307/78Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans
    • C07D307/82Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C07D307/83Oxygen atoms

Definitions

  • Dental caries commonly known as tooth decay, is a ubiquitous bacterial infectious disease that causes demineralization of enamel and dentin. Although dental plaque contains more than 700 bacterial species living in complex bacterial communities called biofilms, the gram-positive bacterium Streptococcus mutans, characterized by its ability to form tenacious biofilms is considered to be the primary etiological agent for this disease. Current antimicrobial treatments for dental caries such as oral rinses affect both pathogenic and commensal bacteria alike. Therefore, it would be beneficial to develop new caries treatments that do not have adverse impact on the growth of oral commensal species.
  • aspects of the present disclosure provide aurone-based small molecules encapsulated into hydrogel particles.
  • the disclosure also provides for pharmaceutical compositions including the hydrogel encapsulated aurones and methods of use of the hydrogel encapsulated aurones.
  • the present disclosure provides for a composition comprising a plurality of hydrogel particles and a plurality of small molecules, wherein the small molecules are encapsulated inside the hydrogel particles and wherein the small molecules have the following structure: wherein each Ri is independently selected from hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted CI- 03 alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkoxyl group, and OH, wherein R2 is hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkoxyl group, and OH, wherein each R3 is independently selected from hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkoxyl group, and OH.
  • each Ri is independently selected from hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted CI- 03 alkyl group, a substitute
  • the present disclosure provides for a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the composition of any one of claims 1-16 to treat a condition.
  • the present disclosure provides for a method for treating dental caries comprising contacting a biofilm or contacting a cell capable of forming a biofilm with a therapeutically effective amount of the composition or pharmaceutical composition of any one of claims 1- 20.
  • Figure 1.1 illustrates the identification of two potent lead compounds G43 and IIIC5.
  • Figure 1.2A illustrates methoxy and hydroxy aurones.
  • FIG. 1.2B illustrates Scheme 1 , which is a synthesis of substituted aurones.
  • Figures 1.3A-C illustrate planktonic growth inhibitory activities of chaicones (3a-f), methoxyaurones (MA1-6), and hydroxyaurones (HA2-6).
  • Figure 1.3A illustrates a graph showing that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with 50 pM of chaicones 3a-f and the planktonic growth was measured at OD470.
  • Figure 1.3B illustrates a graph showing that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with 50 pM of methoxy aurones, MA1-6 and the planktonic growth was measured at OD470.
  • Figure 1.3C illustrates that S.
  • FIG. 1.4A-C illustrate biofilm inhibitory activities of chaicones (3a-f), methoxyaurones (MA1-6) and hydroxyaurones (HA2-6).
  • Figure 1.4A illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with 50 pM of chaicones 3a-f and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol.
  • Figure 1.4B illustrates that S.
  • mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with 50 pM of methoxyaurones, MA1-6 and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol.
  • Figure 1.4 illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with 50 pM of hydroxyaurones HA2-6 and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol.
  • Each experiment was repeated three times with triplicate microwells for each compound. Statistical significance was tested with one-way ANOVA. p ⁇ 0.0001.
  • Figures 1.5A-B illustrate inhibitory activities of hydroxyaurones (HA2-6) against commensal biofilms.
  • Figure 1.5A illustrates that S. gordonii DL1 were co-incubated with 50 mM of hydroxyaurones, HA2-6 or G43 and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol.
  • Figure 1.5B illustrates S. sanguinis SK36 were co-incubated with 50 mM of hydroxyaurones, HA2-6 or G43 and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol. Each experiment was repeated three times with triplicate microwells for each compound. Statistical significance was tested with one-way ANOVA. p ⁇ 0.0001.
  • Figures 1.6A-E illustrate the biofilm inhibitory activities of compound HA5.
  • Figure 1.6A illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with HA5 at various concentrations and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol.
  • Figure 1.6B illustrates Gtfs precipitated from S. mutans culture were co-incubated with HA5 at various concentrations and the glucan production was quantified using cascade blue staining and subsequent image processing with Imaged.
  • Figure 1.6C illustrates representative fluorescence microscopy images of LIA159 biofilms after 16 h of treatment with various concentrations of HA5.
  • FIG. 1.6D illustrates S. mutans LIA159, S. gordonii DL1 and S. sanguinis SK36 were co-incubated with HA5 at 50 pM and 100 pM and their growth were measured at OD470.
  • Figure 1.6E illustrates the chemical structure of HA5. Each of the biofilm, glucan and growth assays were conducted in triplicate and statistical significance was tested with one-way ANOVA. p ⁇ 0.0001.
  • Figure 1.7A illustrates optical images of empty (PMAA)s hydrogels microparticles.
  • Figure 1.7B illustrates HA5-loaded hydrogel HEBI and HA5 in methanol (insert B).
  • Figure 1.7C illustrates Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM) topography images of a tooth surface with height of 280 nm.
  • D AFM image after (PMAA)s hydrogel adsorption, cubical hydrogel particles are clearly seen sticking to the tooth surface.
  • Figure 1.7E illustrates amplitude error image of empty (PMAA)s hydrogels dried on the surface of a tooth. Scan size is 20 pm2 in both images, the height (z)-scale is 1.7 pm.
  • Figure 1.7F illustrates S.
  • mutans LIA159 and two bacterial commensal species S. gordonii DL1 or S. sanguinis SK36 were co-incubated with HA5 or HEBI at 25 pM and their growth was measured at OD470.
  • Figure 1.7G illustrates S. mutans LIA159, S. gordonii DL1 or S. sanguinis SK36 were co-incubated with 25 mM of HA5 or HEBI and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol. Each of the biofilm and growth assays were conducted in triplicate and statistical significance was tested with one-way ANOVA. p ⁇ 0.0001 .
  • Figure 2.1 illustrates inhibitors of S. mutans glucosyl transferases and biofilm.
  • Figure 2.2A-E illustrates biofilm and growth inhibitory activities of the compound HA6.
  • Figure 2.2A illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with HA6 at various concentrations and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol and IC50 value was determined.
  • Figure 2.2B illustrates that S. mutans LIA159, S. gordonii DL1 and S. sanguinis SK36 were co-incubated with HA6 at 25 pM and 50 pM and their planktonic growth were measured at OD470.
  • Figure 2.2C illustrates that S. gordonii DL1 were co-incubated with HA6 at 25 pM and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol.
  • Figure 2.2D illustrates that S. sanguinis SK36 were co-incubated with HA6 at 25 pM and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol.
  • Figure 2.2E illustrates representative fluorescence microscopy images of LIA159 biofilms after 16 h of treatment with various concentrations of HA6.
  • Bacterial cells were stained with Syto-9 (green, panel-l); glucans were stained with Cascade Blue dextran conjugated dye (blue, panel-l I) ; eDNA was stained with propidium iodide (red, panel-ill), and a merged image of all three staining images (panel-IV).
  • Figure 2.3A-D illustrate compounds HA5 and HA6 do not perturb oral microbiome significantly.
  • Oral microbiome samples were obtained from individual rats at the following time points: before the experiment (Native), after inoculation of S. mutans and the start of a caries-promoting diet (Sm+CPD), after two weeks of treatment with the compounds (2- week), and at the end of the study (END).
  • the microbiota between groups at different time points were analyzed for diversity and composition.
  • Figure 2.3A illustrates Phyla composition in all groups. Each color represents 1 phylum, and the length of the bar reflects relative abundance.
  • Figure 2.3B illustrates Family-level composition within phylum Firmicutes.
  • Figure 2.3C illustrates alpha diversity of the oral bacterial community structure at the genus level of each treatment group.
  • PCoA principal coordinates analysis
  • Figure 2.4A illustrates the synthesis of PVPON8-PDMS64-PVPON8 triblock copolymer by RAFT copolymerization.
  • Figure 2.4B illustrates 1 H-NMR spectrum of PVPONs-PDMS64- PVPONs triblock copolymer.
  • Figure 2.4E illustrates hydrodynamic size (diameter, nm) of empty polymersome and PEHA5 and PEHA6 as measured by DLS.
  • Figure 2.4F illustrates UV-visible spectra of HA5 and HA6 (solid lines) and PEHA5 and PEHA6 (dotted lines) in water.
  • Figure 2.5A-E illustrates biofilm and growth inhibitory activities of PEHA5.
  • Figure 2.5A illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with various concentrations of PEHA5, and biofilm formation was measured at OD 5 62 using the crystal violet protocol.
  • Figure 2.5B illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with empty polymersome vesicles, 50 pM of HA5 or PEHA5 and the biofilm formation compared to control (1 % DMSO) was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol.
  • Figure 2.5C illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with various concentrations of PEHA5, and the planktonic growth was measured at OD470.
  • Figure 2.5D illustrates that S.
  • FIG. 2.5E illustrates representative fluorescence microscopy images of LIA159 biofilms after 16 h of treatment with various concentrations of PEHA5.
  • Bacterial cells were stained with Syto-9 (green, panel-l); glucans were stained with Cascade Blue-dextran conjugated dye (blue, panel-l I); eDNA was stained with propidium iodide (red, panel-ill), and a merged image of all three staining images (panel-IV).
  • Figure 2.6A-E illustrates that biofilm and growth inhibitory activities of PEHA6.
  • Figure 2.6A illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with various concentrations of PEHA6, and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol.
  • Figure 2.6B illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with 50 pM of HA5, HA6, or PEHA6 and the biofilm formation compared to control (1% DMSO) was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol.
  • Figure 2.6C illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were coincubated with various concentrations of PEHA6, and planktonic growth was measured at OD470.
  • Figure 2.6D illustrates S.
  • FIG. 2.6E illustrates representative fluorescence microscopy images of LIA159 biofilms after 16 h of treatment with various concentrations of PEHA6.
  • Bacterial cells were stained with Syto-9 (green, panel-l); glucans were stained with Cascade Blue-dextran conjugated dye (blue, panel-l I); eDNA was stained with propidium iodide (red, panel-ill), and a merged image of all three staining images (panel-IV).
  • compositions including aurone-based small molecules encapsulated into hydrogel particles The disclosure also provides for pharmaceutical compositions including the hydrogel encapsulated aurones and methods of use of the hydrogel encapsulated aurones.
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure will employ, unless otherwise indicated, techniques of medicine, organic chemistry, biochemistry, molecular biology, pharmacology, and the like, which are within the skill of the art. Such techniques are explained fully in the literature.
  • the present disclosure is not limited to particular materials, reagents, reaction materials, manufacturing processes, dimensions, frequency ranges, applications, or the like, as such can vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for purposes of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to be limiting. It is also possible in the present disclosure that steps can be executed in different sequence, where this is logically possible. It is also possible that the embodiments of the present disclosure can be applied to additional embodiments involving measurements beyond the examples described herein, which are not intended to be limiting. It is furthermore possible that the embodiments of the present disclosure can be combined or integrated with other measurement techniques beyond the examples described herein, which are not intended to be limiting.
  • substitution or “substituted” includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, i.e., a compound that does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
  • the moieties substituted can themselves be substituted, if appropriate.
  • the substituents of a substituted alkyl may include halogen, hydroxy, nitro, thiols, amino, azido, imino, amido, phosphoryl (including phosphonate and phosphinate), sulfonyl (including sulfate, sulfonamido, sulfamoyl and sulfonate), and silyl groups, as well as ethers, alkylthios, carbonyls (including ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, and esters), -CF3, -CN and the like. Cycloalkyls can be substituted in the same manner.
  • acyl as used herein, alone or in combination, means a carbonyl or thiocarbonyl group bonded to a radical selected from, for example, optionally substituted, hydrido, alkyl (e.g. haloalkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy ("acyloxy” including acetyloxy, butyryloxy, iso-valeryloxy, phenylacetyloxy, benzoyloxy, p-methoxybenzoyloxy, and substituted acyloxy such as alkoxyalkyl and haloalkoxy), aryl, halo, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, sulfonyl (e.g.
  • allylsulfinylalkyl sulfonyl (e.g. alkylsulfonylalkyl), cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, thioalkyl, thioaryl, amino (e.g alkylamino or dialkylamino), and aralkoxy.
  • acyl radicals are formyl, acetyl, 2-chloroacetyl, 2-bromacetyl, benzoyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthaloyl, malonyl, nicotinyl, and the like.
  • acyl refers to a group -C(O)R26, where R26 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl. Examples include, but are not limited to formyl, acetyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclohexylmethylcarbonyl, benzoyl, benzylcarbonyl and the like.
  • administering refers to introducing a composition (e.g., a vaccine, adjuvant, or immunogenic composition) of the present disclosure into a subject.
  • administering can refer to an administration that is oral, topical, intravenous, subcutaneous, transcutaneous, transdermal, intramuscular, intra-joint, parenteral, intra-arteriole, intradermal, intraventricular, intraosseous, intraocular, intracranial, intraperitoneal, intralesional, intranasal, intracardiac, intraarticular, intracavernous, intrathecal, intravireal, intracerebral, and intracerebroventricular, intratympanic, intracochlear, rectal, vaginal, by inhalation, by catheters, stents or via an implanted reservoir or other device that administers, either actively or passively (e.g. by diffusion) a composition the perivascular space and adventitia.
  • alkoxyl or “alkoxyalkyl” as used herein refer to an alkyl-O- group wherein alkyl is as previously described.
  • alkoxyl as used herein can refer to C1-20 inclusive, linear, branched, or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated oxo-hydrocarbon chains, including, for example, methoxyl, ethoxyl, propoxyl, isopropoxyl, n-butoxyl, t-butoxyl, and pentoxyl.
  • alkyl either alone or within other terms such as “thioalkyl” and “arylalkyl”, as used herein, means a monovalent, saturated hydrocarbon radical which may be a straight chain (i.e. linear) or a branched chain.
  • hydroxyalkyl specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more hydroxy groups.
  • alkyl is used in one instance and a specific term such as “hydroxyalkyl” is used in another, it is not meant to imply that the term “alkyl” does not also refer to specific terms such as “hydroxyalkyl” and the like.
  • An alkyl radical for use in the present disclosure generally comprises from about 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly from about 1 to 10, 1 to 8 or 1 to 7, more particularly about 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or 3 to 6.
  • Illustrative alkyl radicals include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n- pentyl, n-hexyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, isopentyl, amyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, tert-pentyl, n-heptyl, n-actyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, undecyl, n-dodecyl, n-tetradecyl, pentadecyl, n-hexadecyl, heptadecyl, n-octadecyl, nonadecyl, eicosy
  • an alkyl radical is a Ci-Ce lower alkyl comprising or selected from the group comprising methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, isopentyl, amyl, tributyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, tert-pentyl, and n-hexyl.
  • An alkyl radical may be optionally substituted with substituents as defined herein at positions that do not significantly interfere with the preparation of compounds of the disclosure and do not significantly reduce the efficacy of the compounds.
  • an alkyl radical is substituted with one to five substituents including halo, lower alkoxy, lower aliphatic, a substituted lower aliphatic, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, thio, amino, keto, aldehyde, ester, amide, substituted amino, carboxyl, sulfonyl, sulfuryl, sulfenyl, sulfate, sulfoxide, substituted carboxyl, halogenated lower alkyl (e.g.
  • CF3 halogenated lower alkoxy, hydroxycarbonyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower alkylcarbonyloxy, lower alkylcarbonylamino, cycloaliphatic, substituted cycloaliphatic, or aryl (e.g., phenylmethyl benzyl)), heteroaryl (e.g., pyridyl), and heterocyclic (e.g., piperidinyl, morpholinyl). Substituents on an alkyl group may themselves be substituted.
  • cycloalkyl as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms.
  • examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbornyl, and the like.
  • heterocycloalkyl is a type of cycloalkyl group as defined above and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus.
  • the cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
  • alkenyl as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of from 2 to 24 carbon atoms or 2 to 8 carbon atoms or 2 to 6 carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
  • the alkenyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.
  • groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described here
  • Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, norbornenyl, and the like.
  • heterocycloalkenyl is a type of cycloalkenyl group as defined above and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkenyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus.
  • the cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
  • alkynyl or “alkynyl group” refers to straight or branched chain hydrocarbon groups having 2 to 40, 2 to 20, 2 to 10, or 2 to 5 carbon atoms and at least one triple carbon to carbon bond, such as ethynyl.
  • Reference to “alkynyl” or “alkynyl group” includes unsubstituted and substituted forms of the hydrocarbon moiety.
  • cycloalkynyl as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least seven carbon atoms and containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bound.
  • cycloalkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclooctynyl, cyclononynyl, and the like.
  • heterocycloalkynyl is a type of cycloalkenyl group as defined above and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkynyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus.
  • the cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
  • the Ar (e.g., An, An, etc) group is an aromatic system or group such as an aryl group.
  • Aryl refers to Cs-C2o-membered aromatic, heterocyclic, fused aromatic, fused heterocyclic, biaromatic, or bihetereocyclic ring systems.
  • aryl can include 5-, 6-, 7-, 8-, 9-, and 10-membered single-ring aromatic groups that may include from zero to four heteroatoms, for example, functional groups that correspond to benzene, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, triazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine and pyrimidine, and the like.
  • aryl heterocycles or “heteroaromatics”.
  • the aromatic ring can be substituted at one or more ring positions with one or more substituents including, but not limited to, halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, amino (or quaternized amino), nitro, sulfhydryl, imino, amido, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, alkylthio, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, ketone, aldehyde, ester, heterocyclyl, aromatic or heteroaromatic moieties, -CF 3 , -CN; and combinations thereof.
  • substituents including, but not limited to, halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, amino (or quaternized
  • aryl also includes polycyclic ring systems (C5-C30) having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings (i.e. , “fused rings”) wherein at least one of the rings is aromatic, e.g., the other cyclic ring or rings can be cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls and/or heterocycles.
  • heterocyclic rings include, but are not limited to, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolinyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolinyl, carbazolyl, 4aH carbazolyl, carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H,6H- 1 ,5,2-dithiazinyl, dihydrofuro[2,3 b]tetrahydrofuran, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, 1 H-indazolyl, indolenyl, indolinyl, indolizin
  • a structure of a compound can be represented by a formula: which is understood to be equivalent to a formula: wherein n is typically an integer. That is, Rn is understood to represent five independent substituents, Rn(a), Rn(b), Rn(c), Rn(d), and Rn(e).
  • independent substituents it is meant that each R substituent can be independently defined. For example, if in one instance Rn(a) is halogen, then Rn(b) is not necessarily halogen in that instance.
  • carboxyl refers to -C(O)OR25- or -C(-O)OR 25 wherein R25 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, amino, thiol, aryl, heteroaryl, thioalkyl, thioaryl, thioalkoxy, a heteroaryl, or a heterocyclic, which may optionally be substituted.
  • the carboxyl groups are in an esterified form and may contain as an esterifying group lower alkyl groups.
  • -C(O)OR25 provides an ester or an amino acid derivative.
  • esterified form is also particularly referred to herein as a "carboxylic ester".
  • a “carboxyl” may be substituted, in particular substituted with allyl which is optionally substituted with one or more of amino, amine, halo, alkylamino, aryl, carboxyl, or a heterocyclic.
  • carboxyl groups are methoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl, tert.alkoxycarbonyl such as tert-butoxycarbonyl, arylmethyoxycarbonyl having one or two aryl radicals including without limitation phenyl optionally substituted by for example lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, hydroxyl, halo, and/or nitro, such as benzyloxycarbonyl, methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, diphenylmethoxycarbonyl, 2-bromoethoxycarbonyl, 2- iodoethoxycarbonyltert.butylcarborlyl, 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, diphenylmethoxy-carbonyl, benzhydroxycarbonyl, di-(4-methoxyphenyl-methoxycarbonyl, 2-bromoethoxycarbonyl, 2- iodoethoxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl, or 2-tripheny
  • Additional carboxyl groups in esterified form are silyloxycarbonyl groups including organic silyloxycarbonyl.
  • the silicon substituent in such compounds may be substituted with lower alkyl (e.g. methyl), alkoxy (e.g. methoxy), and/or halo (e.g. chlorine).
  • Examples of silicon substituents include trimethylsilyi and dimethyltert. butylsilyl.
  • the carboxyl group may be an alkoxy carbonyl, in particular methoxy carbonyl, ethoxy carbonyl, isopropoxy carbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, t-pentyloxycarbonyl, sir heptyloxy carbonyl, especially methoxy carbonyl or ethoxy carbonyl.
  • esters as used herein is represented by the formula -OC(O)A 1 or - C(O)OA 1 , where A 1 can be alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
  • ether as used herein is represented by the formula A 1 OA 2 , where A 1 and A 2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein.
  • composition refers to a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
  • a term in relation to a pharmaceutical composition is intended to encompass a product comprising the active ingredient(s), and the inert ingredient(s) that make up the carrier, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination, complexation, or aggregation of any two or more of the ingredients, or from dissociation of one or more of the ingredients, or from other types of reactions or interactions of one or more of the ingredients.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure encompass any composition made by admixing a compound of the present disclosure and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure include those that also contain one or more other active ingredients, in addition to a compound of the present disclosure.
  • the weight ratio of the compound of the present disclosure to the second active ingredient may be varied and will depend upon the effective dose of each ingredient. Generally, an effective dose of each will be used.
  • the weight ratio of the compound of the present disclosure to the other agent will generally range from about 1000:1 to about 1:1000, preferably about 200:1 to about 1 :200.
  • a composition of the disclosure can be a liquid solution, suspension, emulsion, tablet, pill, capsule, sustained release formulation, or powder.
  • the compositions can be formulated as a suppository, with traditional binders and carriers such as triglycerides.
  • Oral formulations can include standard carriers such as pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc.
  • Various delivery systems are known and can be used to administer a composition of the disclosure, e.g. encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, and the like.
  • a therapeutic composition of the disclosure may comprise a carrier, such as one or more of a polymer, carbohydrate, peptide or derivative thereof, which may be directly or indirectly covalently attached to the compound.
  • a carrier may be substituted with substituents described herein including without limitation one or more alkyl, amino, nitro, halogen, thiol, thioalkyl, sulfate, sulfonyl, sulfinyl, sulfoxide, hydroxyl groups.
  • the carrier is an amino acid including alanine, glycine, praline, methionine, serine, threonine, asparagine, alanyl-alanyl, prolyl-methionyl, or glycyl-glycyl.
  • a carrier can also include a molecule that targets a compound of the disclosure to a particular tissue or organ.
  • a compound of the disclosure may be formulated into a pharmaceutical composition for administration to a subject by appropriate methods known in the art.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure or fractions thereof comprise suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, and vehicles selected based on the intended form of administration, and consistent with conventional pharmaceutical practices. Suitable pharmaceutical carriers, excipients, and vehicles are described in the standard text, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (21.sup.st Edition. 2005, University of the Sciences in Philadelphia (Editor), Mack Publishing Company), and in The United States Pharmacopeia: The National Formulary (USP 24 NF19) published in 1999.
  • the active components can be combined with an oral, non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier such as lactose, starch, sucrose, methyl cellulose, magnesium stearate, glucose, calcium sulfate, dicalcium phosphate, mannitol, sorbitol, and the like.
  • an oral, non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier such as lactose, starch, sucrose, methyl cellulose, magnesium stearate, glucose, calcium sulfate, dicalcium phosphate, mannitol, sorbitol, and the like.
  • the chug components may be combined with any oral, non-toxic, pharmaceutically, acceptable inert carrier such as ethanol, glycerol, water, and the like.
  • Suitable binders e.g., gelatin, starch, corn sweeteners, natural sugars including glucose; natural and synthetic gums, and waxes
  • lubricants e.g.
  • compositions as described herein can further comprise wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents.
  • subject refers to an animal preferably a warm-blooded animal such as a mammal.
  • Mammal includes without limitation any members of the Mammalia.
  • a mammal, as a subject or patient in the present disclosure can be from the family of Primates, Carnivora, Proboscidea, Perissodactyla, Artiodactyla, Rodentia, and Lagomorpha.
  • the mammal is a human.
  • animals can be treated; the animals can be vertebrates, including both birds and mammals.
  • the terms include domestic animals bred for food or as pets, including equines, bovines, sheep, poultry, fish, porcines, canines, felines, and zoo animals, goats, apes (e.g. gorilla or chimpanzee), and rodents such as rats and mice.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier refers to a diluent, adjuvant, excipient, or vehicle with which a probe of the disclosure is administered and which is approved by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia for use in animals, and more particularly in humans.
  • Such pharmaceutical carriers can be liquids, such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil and the like.
  • the pharmaceutical carriers can be saline, gum acacia, gelatin, starch paste, talc, keratin, colloidal silica, urea, and the like.
  • the probe and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be sterile.
  • Water is a useful carrier when the probe is administered intravenously.
  • Saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can also be employed as liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions.
  • Suitable pharmaceutical carriers also include excipients such as glucose, lactose, sucrose, glycerol monostearate, sodium chloride, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol and the like.
  • the present compositions if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents.
  • the present compositions advantageously may take the form of solutions, emulsion, sustained-release formulations, or any other form suitable for use.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers may also include a dentifrice.
  • dentifrice or “dentifrice composition” refers to products used for purposes of administering therapeutic agent(s) to the oral cavity of a subject, during which time they are retained in the oral cavity for a time sufficient to allow for contact with substantially all surfaces of the teeth and/or oral tissues.
  • a dentifrice composition may be in the form of a paste, powder, liquid, mouthwash, mouth rinse, chewing gum, tablet, cream, dental strips, gels, flosses, and the like.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable refers to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Additionally, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable” describes a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., without causing an unacceptable level of undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner.
  • the terms “effective amount” and “amount effective” refer to an amount that is sufficient to achieve the desired result or to have an effect on an undesired condition or prevention of a disease or condition (e.g., biofilms, dental caries) or enhance and/or tune the immune system of the subject to the desirable responses (e.g., to Streptococcus mutans (S. mutans)).
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount that is sufficient to achieve the desired therapeutic result or to have an effect on undesired symptoms or prevention of a disease or condition (e.g., biofilms, dental caries) and/or tune the immune system of the subject to the desirable responses but is generally insufficient to cause adverse side effects.
  • the specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration; the route of administration; the rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed and like factors well known in the medical arts. For example, it is well within the skill of the art to start doses of a compound at levels lower than those required to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and to gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved. If desired, the effective daily dose can be divided into multiple doses for purposes of administration. Consequently, single dose compositions can contain such amounts or submultiples thereof to make up the daily dose.
  • the dosage can be adjusted by the individual physician in the event of any contraindications. Dosage can vary, and can be administered in one or more dose administrations daily, for one or several days. Guidance can be found in the literature for appropriate dosages for given classes of pharmaceutical products.
  • the terms “treating” and “treatment” can refer generally to obtaining a desired pharmacological and/or physiological effect.
  • the effect can be, but does not necessarily have to be, prophylactic in terms of preventing or partially preventing a disease, symptom or condition thereof (e.g., biofilms, dental caries), such as infections and consequences thereof and/or tuning the immune system of the subject to the desirable responses (e.g., to Streptococcus mutans (S. mutans)).
  • the effect can be therapeutic in terms of a partial or complete cure of a disease, condition, symptom or adverse effect attributed to the disease, disorder, or condition.
  • treatment can include any treatment of infections in a subject, particularly a human and can include any one or more of the following: (a) preventing the disease from occurring in a subject which may be predisposed to the disease or infection but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; (b) inhibiting the disease or infection, i.e. , arresting its development; and (c) relieving the disease or infection i.e., mitigating or ameliorating the disease and/or its symptoms or conditions, (d) and/or tune the immune system of the subject to the desirable responses (e.g., to Streptococcus mutans (S. mutans)).
  • S. mutans Streptococcus mutans
  • treatment can refer to both therapeutic treatment alone, prophylactic treatment alone, or both therapeutic and prophylactic treatment.
  • Those in need of treatment can include those already with the disorder and/or those in which the disorder is to be prevented.
  • the term “treating” can include inhibiting the disease, disorder or condition, e.g., impeding its progress; and relieving the disease, disorder, or condition, e.g., causing regression of the disease, disorder and/or condition, and/or tuning the immune system of the subject to the desirable responses (e.g., to Streptococcus mutans (S. mutans)).
  • Treating the disease, disorder, or condition can include ameliorating at least one symptom of the particular disease, disorder, or condition, even if the underlying pathophysiology is not affected, e.g., such as treating the pain of a subject by administration of an analgesic agent even though such agent does not treat the cause of the pain.
  • therapeutic can refer to treating, healing, and/or ameliorating a disease, disorder, condition (e.g., biofilms, dental caries), or side effect, or to decreasing in the rate of advancement of a disease, disorder, condition, or side effect and/or tuning the immune system of the subject to the desirable responses (e.g., to Streptococcus mutans (S. mutans)).
  • a disease, disorder, condition e.g., biofilms, dental caries
  • side effect e.g., a disease, disorder, condition, or side effect
  • the immune system of the subject e.g., to Streptococcus mutans (S. mutans)
  • prodrug or “prodrug” represents those prodrugs of the compounds of the present disclosure which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and effective for their intended use.
  • Prodrugs of the present disclosure can be rapidly transformed in vivo to a parent compound having a structure of a disclosed compound, for example, by hydrolysis in blood.
  • a thorough discussion is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, V. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Edward B. Roche, ed., Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press (1987).
  • compositions including aurone-based small molecules encapsulated into hydrogel particles The disclosure also provides for pharmaceutical compositions including the hydrogel encapsulated aurones and methods of use of the hydrogel encapsulated aurones.
  • Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure can be used in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents for treating biofilms, such as Streptococcus mutans (S. mutans) biofilm, dental caries, and other diseases.
  • compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure can be used to selectively target S. mutans biofilm and S. mutans biofilm formation without affecting the growth of oral commensal bacteria.
  • the aurone-based small molecules can have the following structure:
  • each Ri can independently be hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkoxyl group, or OH.
  • each Ri can independently be hydrogen, methoxy, or OH.
  • 1 , 2, or 3 Ri groups can be present.
  • Ri can be H or OH, or the structure can include two Ri groups each being -OMe or OH, or the structure can include three Ri groups each being -OMe or OH.
  • R2 can be hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkoxyl group, or OH.
  • each R3 can independently be hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted C1 -C3 alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkoxyl group, or OH.
  • each R3 can independently be hydrogen, methoxy, or OH.
  • 1, 2, or 3 R3 groups can be present.
  • Illustrative compounds are shown in Figures 1.2A, 1.2B, and 2.1. Methods of forming these compounds are provided for in Example 1 and 2.
  • the hydrogel particles can include multiple layers of a polymer or copolymer, where a plurality of aurone-based small molecules can be within the polymer or copolymer.
  • the polymer or co-polymer can form a vesicle that can include a plurality of aurone-based small molecules disposed within the vesical and/or within the polymer or co-polymer.
  • the hydrogel particles can be comprised of multiple layers of a crosslinked biocompatible polymer.
  • the number of polymer layers can range 3 to 7, 4 to 7, 4 to 6, or 5 to 7. In some embodiments, the number of polymer layers is 5.
  • the hydrogel can further comprise pH-sensitive cross-linkers including, but not limited to, ethylene diamine, cystamine, dithiobis(succinimidyl propionate), adipic acid dihydrazide, or any combination thereof.
  • the polymer can be a carboxylic acid-based polymer, for example poly(methacrylic acid) (PMAA).
  • the weight of the cross-linked PMAA can range from about 10 kDa to 400 kDa, about 20 to 300 kDa, about 30 to 200 kDa, about 40 to 150 kDa, or about 50 to 100 kDa.
  • the hydrogel particle size (e.g., diameter) can be precisely selected.
  • the hydrogel particles can have diameter of about 1 to 10 pm, about 3 to 8 pm, about 4 to 6 pm, about 2 to 5 pm, or about 5 to 9 pm. More specifically, the particle diameter can be about 1 pm, 2 pm, 3 pm, 4 pm, 5 pm, 6 pm, 7 pm, 8 pm, 9 pm, or 10 pm.
  • the hydrogel particles can be cubic in shape.
  • the loading capacity of the hydrogel particles can range from about 0.003 to about 0.008 ng of aurone-based small molecule per particle or about 0.004 to about 0.007 ng of aurone-based small molecule per particle. Additional details are provided in Example 1.
  • the hydrogel particle can be a vesical that includes the aurone-based small molecules within the vesical and/or on the polymer or co-polymer that forms the vesicle.
  • the vesical can include polymer or co-polymers of poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone) (PVPON) and poly(dimethylsiloxane) (PDMS).
  • the weight of the polymer or co-polymer can range from about 10 kDa to 400 kDa, about 20 to 300 kDa, about 30 to 200 kDa, about 40 to 150 kDa, or about 50 to 100 kDa.
  • the hydrogel particles size (e.g., diameter) can be precisely selected.
  • the hydrogel particles can have diameter of about 20 to 50 nm, about 25 to 45 nm, or about 30 nm.
  • the hydrogen particle can be made of pH-responsive block copolymer vesicles to generate polymersome-encapsulated biofilm inhibitors.
  • the polymersome is made from a poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone)8-b/oc - poly(dimethylsiloxane)64-Woc -poly(N-vinyl-pyrrolidone)8 (PVPON8-PDMS64-PVPON8) triblock copolymer. Additional details are provided in Example 2.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions provided for in this disclosure can include a therapeutically effective amount of hydrogel encapsulated aurones to treat a condition (e.g., dental caries) in a subject (e.g., animal or human subject).
  • a condition e.g., dental caries
  • the pharmaceutical composition also includes a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier can be a dentifrice.
  • the present disclosure also provides for methods of treating dental caries, biofilms, and the like by contacting a biofilm or a cell capable of forming a biofilm with a therapeutically effective amount of the hydrogel encapsulated aurone composition or pharmaceutical composition.
  • the cell capable of forming the biofilm is S. mutans.
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure include the agent (e.g., hydrogel encapsulated aurones) as identified herein and can be formulated with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, diluents, carriers and/or adjuvants.
  • embodiments of the present disclosure include the agent formulated with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances.
  • the agent can be formulated with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, diluents, carriers, and/or adjuvants to provide an embodiment of a composition of the present disclosure.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as vehicles, adjuvants, carriers or diluents, are readily available to the public.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, tonicity adjusting agents, stabilizers, wetting agents and the like, are readily available to the public.
  • the agent can be administered to the subject using any means capable of resulting in the desired effect.
  • the agent can be incorporated into a variety of formulations for therapeutic administration.
  • the agent can be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions by combination with appropriate, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or diluents, and may be formulated into preparations in solid, semi-solid, liquid or gaseous forms, such as tablets, capsules, powders, granules, ointments, solutions, suppositories, injections, inhalants and aerosols.
  • the agent may be administered in the form of its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or a subject active composition may be used alone or in appropriate association, as well as in combination, with other pharmaceutically active compounds.
  • a subject active composition may be used alone or in appropriate association, as well as in combination, with other pharmaceutically active compounds.
  • the following methods and excipients are merely exemplary and are in no way limiting.
  • the agent can be used alone or in combination with appropriate additives to make tablets, powders, granules or capsules, for example, with conventional additives, such as lactose, mannitol, corn starch or potato starch; with binders, such as crystalline cellulose, cellulose derivatives, acacia, corn starch or gelatins; with disintegrators, such as corn starch, potato starch or sodium carboxymethylcellulose; with lubricants, such as talc or magnesium stearate; and if desired, with diluents, buffering agents, moistening agents, preservatives and flavoring agents.
  • conventional additives such as lactose, mannitol, corn starch or potato starch
  • binders such as crystalline cellulose, cellulose derivatives, acacia, corn starch or gelatins
  • disintegrators such as corn starch, potato starch or sodium carboxymethylcellulose
  • lubricants such as talc or magnesium stearate
  • Embodiments of the agent can be formulated into preparations for injection by dissolving, suspending or emulsifying them in an aqueous or nonaqueous solvent, such as vegetable or other similar oils, synthetic aliphatic acid glycerides, esters of higher aliphatic acids or propylene glycol; and if desired, with conventional additives such as solubilizers, isotonic agents, suspending agents, emulsifying agents, stabilizers and preservatives.
  • an aqueous or nonaqueous solvent such as vegetable or other similar oils, synthetic aliphatic acid glycerides, esters of higher aliphatic acids or propylene glycol
  • solubilizers isotonic agents
  • suspending agents emulsifying agents, stabilizers and preservatives.
  • Embodiments of the agent can be utilized in aerosol formulation to be administered via inhalation.
  • Embodiments of the agent can be formulated into pressurized acceptable propellants such as dichlorodifluoromethane, propane, nitrogen and the like.
  • embodiments of the agent can be made into suppositories by mixing with a variety of bases such as emulsifying bases or water-soluble bases.
  • Embodiments of the agent can be administered rectally via a suppository.
  • the suppository can include vehicles such as cocoa butter, carbowaxes and polyethylene glycols, which melt at body temperature, yet are solidified at room temperature.
  • Unit dosage forms for oral or rectal administration such as syrups, elixirs, and suspensions, may be provided wherein each dosage unit, for example, teaspoonful, tablespoonful, tablet or suppository, contains a predetermined amount of the composition containing one or more compositions.
  • unit dosage forms for injection or intravenous administration may comprise the agent in a composition as a solution in sterile water, normal saline or another pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Embodiments of the agent can be formulated in an injectable composition in accordance with the disclosure.
  • injectable compositions are prepared as liquid solutions or suspensions; solid forms suitable for solution in, or suspension in, liquid vehicles prior to injection may also be prepared.
  • the preparation may also be emulsified or the active ingredient (triamino-pyridine derivative and/or the labeled triamino-pyridine derivative) encapsulated in liposome vehicles in accordance with the present disclosure.
  • the agent can be formulated for delivery by a continuous delivery system.
  • continuous delivery system is used interchangeably herein with “controlled delivery system” and encompasses continuous (e.g., controlled) delivery devices (e.g., pumps) in combination with catheters, injection devices, and the like, a wide variety of which are known in the art.
  • Mechanical or electromechanical infusion pumps can also be suitable for use with the present disclosure.
  • Examples of such devices include those described in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,692,147; 4,360,019; 4,487,603; 4,360,019; 4,725,852; 5,820,589; 5,643,207; 6,198,966; and the like.
  • delivery of the agent can be accomplished using any of a variety of refillable, pump systems. Pumps provide consistent, controlled release over time.
  • the agent can be in a liquid formulation in a drug-impermeable reservoir, and is delivered in a continuous fashion to the individual.
  • the drug delivery system is an at least partially implantable device.
  • the implantable device can be implanted at any suitable implantation site using methods and devices well known in the art.
  • An implantation site is a site within the body of a subject at which a drug delivery device is introduced and positioned.
  • Implantation sites include, but are not necessarily limited to, a subdermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, or other suitable site within a subject's body. Subcutaneous implantation sites are used in some embodiments because of convenience in implantation and removal of the drug delivery device.
  • Drug release devices suitable for use in the disclosure may be based on any of a variety of modes of operation.
  • the drug release device can be based upon a diffusive system, a convective system, or an erodible system (e.g., an erosion-based system).
  • the drug release device can be an electrochemical pump, osmotic pump, an electroosmotic pump, a vapor pressure pump, or osmotic bursting matrix, e.g., where the drug is incorporated into a polymer and the polymer provides for release of drug formulation concomitant with degradation of a drug-impregnated polymeric material (e.g., a biodegradable, drug-impregnated polymeric material).
  • the drug release device is based upon an electrodiffusion system, an electrolytic pump, an effervescent pump, a piezoelectric pump, a hydrolytic system, etc.
  • Drug release devices based upon a mechanical or electromechanical infusion pump can also be suitable for use with the present disclosure. Examples of such devices include those described in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,692,147; 4,360,019; 4,487,603; 4,360,019; 4,725,852, and the like.
  • a subject treatment method can be accomplished using any of a variety of refillable, non-exchangeable pump systems. Pumps and other convective systems are generally preferred due to their generally more consistent, controlled release over time. Osmotic pumps are used in some embodiments due to their combined advantages of more consistent controlled release and relatively small size (see, e.g., PCT published application no. WO 97/27840 and U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • Exemplary osmotically-driven devices suitable for use in the disclosure include, but are not necessarily limited to, those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,760,984; 3,845,770; 3,916,899; 3,923,426; 3,987,790; 3,995,631 ; 3,916,899; 4,016,880; 4,036,228; 4,111,202; 4,111,203; 4,203,440; 4,203,442; 4,210,139; 4,327,725; 4,627,850; 4,865,845; 5,057,318; 5,059,423; 5,112,614; 5,137,727; 5,234,692; 5,234,693; 5,728,396; and the like.
  • the drug delivery device is an implantable device.
  • the drug delivery device can be implanted at any suitable implantation site using methods and devices well known in the art.
  • an implantation site is a site within the body of a subject at which a drug delivery device is introduced and positioned. Implantation sites include, but are not necessarily limited to a subdermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, or other suitable site within a subject's body.
  • the agent can be delivered using an implantable drug delivery system, e.g., a system that is programmable to provide for administration of the agent.
  • implantable drug delivery system e.g., a system that is programmable to provide for administration of the agent.
  • exemplary programmable, implantable systems include implantable infusion pumps.
  • Exemplary implantable infusion pumps, or devices useful in connection with such pumps, are described in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,350,155; 5,443,450; 5,814,019; 5,976,109; 6,017,328; 6,171 ,276; 6,241,704; 6,464,687; 6,475,180; and 6,512,954.
  • a further exemplary device that can be adapted for the present disclosure is the Synchromed infusion pump (Medtronic).
  • Suitable excipient vehicles for the agent are, for example, water, saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, or the like, and combinations thereof.
  • the vehicle may contain minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents or pH buffering agents.
  • auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents or pH buffering agents.
  • compositions of the present disclosure can include those that comprise a sustained- release or controlled release matrix.
  • embodiments of the present disclosure can be used in conjunction with other treatments that use sustained-release formulations.
  • a sustained-release matrix is a matrix made of materials, usually polymers, which are degradable by enzymatic or acid-based hydrolysis or by dissolution. Once inserted into the body, the matrix is acted upon by enzymes and body fluids.
  • a sustained- release matrix desirably is chosen from biocompatible materials such as liposomes, polylactides (polylactic acid), polyglycolide (polymer of glycolic acid), polylactide co-glycolide (copolymers of lactic acid and glycolic acid), polyanhydrides, poly(ortho)esters, polypeptides, hyaluronic acid, collagen, chondroitin sulfate, carboxcylic acids, fatty acids, phospholipids, polysaccharides, nucleic acids, polyamino acids, amino acids such as phenylalanine, tyrosine, isoleucine, polynucleotides, polyvinyl propylene, polyvinylpyrrolidone and silicone.
  • biocompatible materials such as liposomes, polylactides (polylactic acid), polyglycolide (polymer of glycolic acid), polylactide co-glycolide (copolymers of lactic acid and glycolic acid), poly
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure (as well as combination compositions) can be delivered in a controlled release system.
  • the agent may be administered using intravenous infusion, an implantable osmotic pump, a transdermal patch, liposomes, or other modes of administration.
  • a pump may be used (Sefton (1987). CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:201; Buchwald et al. (1980). Surgery 88:507; Saudek et al. (1989). N. Engl. J. Med. 321 :574).
  • polymeric materials are used.
  • a controlled release system is placed in proximity of the therapeutic target thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose.
  • a controlled release system is placed in proximity of the therapeutic target, thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic.
  • Other controlled release systems are discussed in the review by Langer (1990). Science 249:1527- 1533.
  • compositions of the present disclosure include those formed by impregnation of the agent described herein into absorptive materials, such as sutures, bandages, and gauze, or coated onto the surface of solid phase materials, such as surgical staples, zippers and catheters to deliver the compositions.
  • absorptive materials such as sutures, bandages, and gauze
  • solid phase materials such as surgical staples, zippers and catheters to deliver the compositions.
  • Embodiments of the agent can be administered to a subject in one or more doses.
  • dose levels can vary as a function of the specific the agent administered, the severity of the symptoms and the susceptibility of the subject to side effects.
  • Preferred dosages for a given compound are readily determinable by those of skill in the art by a variety of means.
  • multiple doses of the agent are administered.
  • the frequency of administration of the agent can vary depending on any of a variety of factors, e.g., severity of the symptoms, and the like.
  • the agent can be administered once per month, twice per month, three times per month, every other week (qow), once per week (qw), twice per week (biw), three times per week (tiw), four times per week, five times per week, six times per week, every other day (qod), daily (qd), twice a day (qid), or three times a day (tid).
  • theagent is administered continuously.
  • the duration of administration of the agent can vary, depending on any of a variety of factors, e.g., patient response, etc.
  • the agent in combination or separately can be administered over a period of time of about one day to one week, about two weeks to four weeks, about one month to two months, about two months to four months, about four months to six months, about six months to eight months, about eight months to 1 year, about 1 year to 2 years, or about 2 years to 4 years, or more.
  • the dosage for administering to a subject e.g., a mammal such as a human
  • a condition e.g., COVID-19
  • each agent can be about 2 to 60 micrograms/kilogram.
  • Embodiments of the present disclosure provide methods and compositions for the administration of the agent (e.g., hydrogel encapsulated aurones) to a subject (e.g., a human) using any available method and route suitable for drug delivery, including in vivo and ex vivo methods, as well as systemic and localized routes of administration.
  • the agent e.g., hydrogel encapsulated aurones
  • a subject e.g., a human
  • any available method and route suitable for drug delivery including in vivo and ex vivo methods, as well as systemic and localized routes of administration.
  • Routes of administration include intranasal, intramuscular, intratracheal, subcutaneous, intradermal, topical application, intravenous, rectal, nasal, oral, and other enteral and parenteral routes of administration. Routes of administration may be combined, if desired, or adjusted depending upon the agent and/or the desired effect. An agent can be administered in a single dose or in multiple doses.
  • Embodiments of the agent can be administered to a subject using available conventional methods and routes suitable for delivery of conventional drugs, including systemic or localized routes.
  • routes of administration contemplated by the disclosure include, but are not limited to, enteral, parenteral, or inhalational routes.
  • Parenteral routes of administration other than inhalation administration include, but are not limited to, topical, transdermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intraorbital, intracapsular, intraspinal, intrasternal, and intravenous routes, i.e., any route of administration other than through the alimentary canal.
  • Parenteral administration can be conducted to effect systemic or local delivery of the agent. Where systemic delivery is desired, administration typically involves invasive or systemically absorbed topical or mucosal administration of pharmaceutical preparations.
  • the agent can also be delivered to the subject by enteral administration.
  • Enteral routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral and rectal (e.g., using a suppository) delivery.
  • Methods of administration of the agent through the skin or mucosa include, but are not limited to, topical application of a suitable pharmaceutical preparation, transdermal transmission, injection and epidermal administration.
  • a suitable pharmaceutical preparation for transdermal transmission, absorption promoters or iontophoresis are suitable methods, lontophoretic transmission may be accomplished using commercially available "patches" that deliver their product continuously via electric pulses through unbroken skin for periods of several days or more.
  • tooth and gum related diseases are associated with bacterial infections.
  • dental caries teeth decay
  • dental caries is a ubiquitous disease that affects much of the human population.
  • Dental caries is a multifactorial disease that causes localized destruction of susceptible dental tissues 1 .
  • Dental caries is identified as the most prevalent disease worldwide in a recent Lancet study of global burden of 328 major diseases 2 .
  • dental caries poses a significant challenge as it results in tooth loss, infection, and in some cases, even death by sepsis 3 4 .
  • Current treatments for this disease have severe limitations.
  • the conventional oral hygiene practices such as brushing or mouthwashes are not highly effective due to the rapid recolonization of the bacteria 5 .
  • Fluoride sealants and varnishes are commonly used to prevent dental caries in children 6 . While there is a general consensus on the safety of fluoride treatments 7 , their high fluoride content (1-5 %) and potential neurotoxic effects are a concern 8 .
  • the antimicrobial agents used in mouthwashes such as chlorhexidine, xylitol, silver diamine fluoride and delmopinol lack selectivity, affecting both pathogenic and commensal beneficial species alike giving rise to undesired side effects such as vomiting, diarrhea, addiction, or teeth discoloration 9 .
  • the biofilm nature of cariogenic bacteria makes it resistant to traditional anti-microbial treatments 10 .
  • a few preventive and therapeutic strategies are under investigation by targeting different virulent determinants of S. mutans 11 .
  • small molecules derived from natural products that possess antibacterial activities and antibiofilm properties are randomly identified inhibitors that lack selectivity towards pathogenic biofilms and the in vivo applications of these inhibitors are unclear 12 .
  • Dental plaque comprises more than 700 bacterial species living in complex communities called biofilms 4 . It is initiated by the attachment of commensal streptococci such as Streptococcus sanguinis and Streptococcus gordonii to the saliva-coated tooth surface, which then engage in developing intra- and inter-species bacterial interactions 13 . Under disease conditions, the delicate balance between commensal and pathogenic members of the plaque bacteria is disturbed, leading to an overgrowth of pathogenic species 14 . Streptococcus mutans has been implicated as the major etiological agent in the initiation and propagation of this disease 15 . The formation of tenacious biofilms is the hallmark of S. mutans induced cariogenesis. Therefore, the studies aimed at developing dental caries treatments should focus on identifying selective inhibitors of biofilms that do not affect the growth of oral commensal bacteria.
  • S. mutans that significantly contribute to its ability to form cariogenic biofilm are its extracellular glucosyl transferases (Gtfs) 16 .
  • Gtfs extracellular glucosyl transferases
  • Most strains of S. mutans harbor three distinct gtf genes expressing different Gtf activities.
  • the genes gtfB and gtfD produce GtfB and GtfD enzymes respectively and synthesize predominantly waterinsoluble and soluble glucans 17 correspondingly, while gtfC, encodes for GtfC, an enzyme that synthesizes both water-insoluble and soluble glucans 18 .
  • S. mutans GtfB and GtfC are essential for glucan synthesis, bacterial colonization and cariogenesis. Therefore, small molecules inhibitors of S. mutans Gtfs 19 ’ 20 ’ 21 have potential application in treating and preventing dental caries.
  • anti-biofilm agents display poor efficacy within the oral cavity due to poor solubility, inability to penetrate biofilms and lack of ability to retain in the locally infected areas.
  • antibacterial nanoparticles have generated recent interest due to their potential applications in anti-caries research. Examples of these are silver nanoparticles in the prevention of dental caries 22 , farnesol and myricetin co-loaded nanoparticles to inhibit biofilms 23 , pH responsive materials to deliver farnesol 24 , porous silicon microparticles to mitigate cariogenic biofilm 25 , ferumoxytol nanoparticles 26 , poly(ethylenimine) 27 and chitosan nanoparticles 28 with strong antibacterial activity against S. mutans.
  • the human salivary system maintains a healthy pH range of 6.0-7.5 in the oral cavity 34 using three buffer systems: 1) bicarbonate, 2) phosphate, and 3) salivary proteins 35 .
  • a salivary pH below 5.5 is potentially harmful to the hard and soft tissues in the oral cavity 36 .
  • biofilms ferment dietary carbohydrates to produce acidic byproducts such as lactic acid, which decreases the pH and causes the demineralization of tooth enamel 37 . Therefore, a drug that can specifically inhibit the biofilm delivered into the oral cavity in a pH-responsive manner would be highly desirable.
  • Aurones are a class of organic compounds that are gaining interest in medicinal chemistry due to their biological activities and presence in natural products 38 .
  • Aurone natural products play an important role in the pigmentation of flowers and fruits 39 .
  • Their reported bioactivities range from antifungal activity 40 , antifeedant activity 41 , tyrosinase inhibition 42 , and antioxidant activity 43 .
  • In vitro antimicrobial activities of aurones and chaicones are widely reported 44 . Biosynthetically, aurones are derived from chaicones 39 . Therefore, a biomimetic synthetic approach was taken (Scheme 1 , Fig. 1.2B) to generate a small library of aurones (Fig.
  • aurones which includes one aurone derivative with an unsubstituted phenyl ring (MA1), five methoxy substituted aurones (MA2-6) and five hydroxy substituted aurones (HA2-6).
  • These aurones were prepared from 2-hydroxychalcones (3a-f), which in turn were prepared by the Claisen-Schmidt aldol condensation 45 of the benzaldehydes (2a- f) and 2-hydroxyacetophenone (1) in the presence of KOH in ethanol in 37-90 % yield. Cyclization of chaicones (3a-f) in the presence of Hg(OAc)2 in anhydrous pyridine afforded the aurones (MA1-6) in 79-100 % yield. Methyl groups in methoxyaurones (MA2-6) were then removed by treatment with BBra in anhydrous CH2CI2 to afford the hydroxyaurones (HA2-6) in 80-86 % yield.
  • Solubility of MA1-6 and HA2-6 were determined as reported 46 (Table 1). As expected, the majority of aurone derivatives had better solubility than the lead compound IIIC5 (25 p.g/mL) 19 . Among the aurones, hydroxy aurones were found to be more soluble than methoxy aurones and a trend of increasing solubility was observed with the increase in the number of hydroxy groups on the phenyl ring. The hydroxyaurone, HA5 with 2,4,5- trihydroxyphenyl ring was found to be the most soluble analog with the solubility of 120.09 .g/mL.
  • the monohydroxyphenyl analog, HA2 showed the lowest solubility (18.93 .g/mL) among the hydroxyaurones.
  • Methoxyaurones displayed a similar trend of increase in solubility with the increase in number of methoxy groups.
  • the least soluble methoxyaurone was found to be the monomethoxy analog, MA2 with the solubility of 16.23 pg/mL.
  • Trimethoxy aurone analogs, MA5 and MA6 were found to be the most soluble methoxyaurone analogs with the solubilities of 42.36 pg/mL and 44.68 pg/mL, respectively. The only exception to this trend was the 3,5-dimethoxy analog, MA4 which showed lower solubility of 18.97 pg/mL compared to 3,4-dimethoxy analog, MA3 (36.26 pg/mL).
  • the aurone analogs that displayed lower solubility than IIIC5 19 are MA1 , MA2, MA4 and HA2.
  • the aurone analog with unsubstituted phenyl ring (MA1) showed the highest bactericidal activity with 80 % inhibition of the planktonic growth. Some of the hydroxyaurones were more bactericidal than chaicones and methoxyaurones with HA2, HA3 and HA4 showing 60 %, 40 % and 30 % inhibition, respectively. Two hydroxyaurones, HA5 and HA6 did not inhibit the planktonic growth of S. mutans at 50 pM and appeared to be promising lead compounds (Fig. 1.3C) for further evaluation.
  • hydroxy aurones were better biofilm inhibitors than chaicones and methoxyaurones with derivatives, HA2, HA5 and HA6 showing more than 95 % inhibition and HA3 showing about 80 % inhibition of biofilms (Fig. 1.4C).
  • HA2 inhibited bacterial growth by 70 % at the treated dose, making it a less selective biofilm inhibitor (Fig. 1.3C).
  • the 3,5-dihydroxy aurone analog, HA4 did not show significant biofilm inhibition.
  • the 2,4,5-trihydroxy and 3,4,5-trihydroxy analogs, HA5 and HA6, respectively were found to be the most active hydroxyaurone analogs with more than 95 % biofilm inhibition and no effect on growth at 50 pM, making them the most active and selective biofilm inhibitors from this screening (Fig. 1.4C).
  • the 2,4,5-trimethoyaurone, MA5 had a similar IC50 value of 52.81 pM and the 4- methoxyaurone, MA2 had an IC50 value of 107.80 while 3,4-dimethoxy and 3,4,5-trimethoxy aurones were inactive.
  • the unsubstituted aurone, MA1 was more potent than all methoxy aurones with an IC50 value of 33.61 pM.
  • MA1 also displayed about 80 % inhibition of S. mutans growth at 50 pM, suggesting that its observed biofilm inhibition may be arising from its bactericidal activity.
  • HA5 2,4,5-trihydroxy aurone
  • HA6 3,4,5-trihydroxy aurone
  • IC50 values 6.42 pM and 18.92 pM respectively.
  • the 3,4-dihydroxyaurone, HA3 and 3,5-dihydroxyaurone, HA4 were found to be less active with IC50 values of 30.67 pM and 94.22 pM, respectively.
  • HA4 with no OH at the 4-position was less active than HA3 with an OH group at 4- position.
  • the monohydroxy analog, HA2 with an OH group at 4-postion was found to be more active than the dihydroxyaurones, HA3 and HA4.
  • both of our most active analogs HA5 and HA6 also contained an OH group at the 4-position, indicating the importance of the 4-OH group for the biofilm inhibitory activities of hydroxyaurones.
  • This observation is further supported by our co-crystal structure of HA5 in the GtfB active site, showing that the two oxygen atoms at the 4,5-position of the 2,4,5- trihydroxyphenyl moiety interacted with the key amino acid residues in the active site through the coordination with a conserved Ca 2+ ion (Fig. 1.7).
  • 2,4,5-trihydroxyaurone HA5 (Fig. 1.6E) was selected as our lead compound for further analysis and encapsulation studies based on its potent biofilm inhibition, lack of growth inhibition and improved solubility.
  • HA5 inhibits S. mutans UA159 biofilms, glucan production and eDNA levels.
  • the antibiofilm activities of HA5 were further investigated by fluorescence microscopy imaging.
  • Compound HA5 displayed a dose-dependent inhibition of S. mutans biofilm as shown in Fig. 1.6A. Staining of bacterial cells within biofilms with Syto-9 showed significant reduction in biofilms at 5 pM of HA5 and a complete inhibition at 50 pM of HA5 (Fig. 1.6C, Panel-I).
  • the presence of glucans which were stained with Cascade Blue-dextran conjugated dye, was significantly reduced at 5 pM of HA5 and no glucan formation was evident at 50 pM of HA5 (Fig.
  • HA5 inhibits the glucan production of S. mutans UA159 in a dose dependent manner.
  • the interspecies co-adherence between S. mutans and other microorganisms in the oral cavity is critical for biofilm formation and cariogenicity. Though the mechanisms of such adhesions and co-aggregations are not fully elucidated, it is believed that the extracellular polysaccharide (EPS) matrix of S. mutans has an important role in this process 49 ’ 50 . It is reported that glucans synthesized by Gtfs when incorporated into the tooth pellicle to provide enhanced binding sites for other microorganisms to form stable and persistent microcolonies, which provides mechanical stability to the EPS matrix 50 ’ 51 .
  • EPS polysaccharide
  • Gtf inhibition assays were performed to assess the ability of HA5 to inhibit the Gtfs and glucan production using a reported procedure and IC50 value was calculated 52 .
  • Compound HA5 exhibited dose dependent inhibition of glucan production by Gtfs with an IC50 value of 10.56 pM (Fig. 1.6B). These findings reinforce the biofilm inhibitory activity of HA5 and suggest that the compound inhibits biofilm formation by inhibiting glucans production by S. mutans Gtfs.
  • HA5 does not affect the growth of commensal streptococcal species. T o determine if compound HA5 only selectively inhibits S. mutans biofilms over the growth of S. mutans and oral commensal species, the effects of HA5 on the growth of two representative commensal oral streptococci, S. gordonii and S. sanguinis, along with S. mutans at 50 pM and 100 pM doses were evaluated. As shown in Fig. 1.6D, compound HA5 did not inhibit the growth of two commensals compared to the control group at these doses that are much higher than its biofilm IC50 value of 6.42 .M. Similarly, the compound did not inhibit S. mutans growth at these doses, suggesting that HA5 selectively inhibited S. mutans biofilms without affecting its growth as well as the growth of commensal species, S. gordonii and S. sanguinis (Fig. 1.6D).
  • HA5 is a polyhydroxy compound that contains a Michael acceptor functionality which raises concerns about non-specific and covalent binding. However, it is unlikely that HA5 is influenced by these mechanisms because our HA5/GtfB co-crystal structure clearly shows its binding in the catalytic site of GtfB with specific interactions with the Ca 2+ ion and with active site residues and it does not show any covalent bond to its Michael acceptor site.
  • the Gtf inhibition IC50 values for HA5 in the presence and absence of a nucleophilic reagent, beta-mercaptoethanol (BME, 1 mM) have been determined and shown that BME doesn’t reduce the Gtf inhibitory activity (7.84
  • the Gtf inhibition IC50 values for HA5 in the presence and absence of a detergent Triton-X-100 have been determined to show that it is not a nonspecific inhibitor 62 .
  • Hydrogel encapsulated biofilm inhibitors Hydrophilicity, the ease of chemical modification and structural stability of hydrogel matrices ensure excellent biocompatibility and versatility for its use in biomedical applications.
  • Poly(methacrylic acid) [PMAA] hydrogel is an excellent platform for the pH-triggered drug delivery of the biofilm inhibitors as these respond to varying pH due to the existence of ionizable pendant groups (e.g. -COOH and - NH2) in the network.
  • ionizable pendant groups e.g. -COOH and - NH2
  • PMAA hydrogels have been prepared by layer- by-layer (LbL) assembly of hydrogen-bonded polymers of PMAA and poly(N- vinylpyrrolidone) (PVPON).
  • the PMAA and PVPON layers were alternatingly adsorbed onto surfaces of porous inorganic microparticles of manganese oxide, followed by chemical crosslinking of PMAA with ethylenediamine and dissolution of the manganese oxide template microparticles 63-65 .
  • the nanoscale multilayers of chemically crosslinked PMAA result in the interconnected porous hydrogel structure, which provides excellent drug loading capacity.
  • the pH-responsiveness of the hydrogel can be easily tuned during particle formation by using pH-sensitive cross-linkers 66 .
  • the biocompatibility and degradability of hydrogel biomaterial has been demonstrated in the delivery of small-molecule drugs 65 .
  • HA5 Encapsulation of HA5 inside (PMAA) 5 hydrogels microparticles.
  • Compound HA5 was encapsulated in the (PMAA)s hydrogel cubes through post-loading by soaking the hydrogels in 5 mg/mL solution of HA5 in methanol for 48 h in the dark (Figs. 1.7A-B).
  • the drug solution was analyzed before and after the exposure to the hydrogel particles and the differences in the absorbance spectra were used to determine the loading of the drug into the hydrogel network.
  • the loading capacity was found to be 5.5 x 10' 3 ng of HA5 per particle.
  • a drop of the hydrogel particle dispersion was placed on the tooth surface and dried at room temperature for 10 min in a Petri dish and morphology of the hydrogels were analyzed using atomic force microscopy (AFM NTEGRA II microscope: NT- MDT) imaging. Freshly extracted, intact third molars with flat surfaces obtained from Dr.
  • the AFM silicon probes NSG30 (NT-MDT, resonance frequency 240-440 kHz, force constant 22-100 N rrr 1 , tip radii is 10 nm, scan rate is 0.5 Hz) were used for imaging the tooth surfaces in tapping mode before and after hydrogel adhesion.
  • the AFM image shows that the bare tooth surface displays natural topography (Fig. 1.70) with height of 280 nm.
  • the cubical hydrogel particles are seen to adhere to the tooth surface (Figs. 1.7D-E).
  • the height of the dried hydrogel cubes was determined using section profiles, which indicated an average particle height of 1.3 ⁇ 0.2 pm.
  • the hydrogel cubes decreased in size compared to their size in solution due to the hydrogel shrinkage upon drying 65 .
  • mutans LIA159 infected gnotobiotic rats with 100 iM of HA5 or HEBI resulted in significant reduction in buccal and sulcal caries scores compared to control groups. Similar reductions in caries scores were also observed in proximal enamel caries scores (Table 3).
  • An evaluation of the effect of the treatment on proximal dentinal scores was unable to be performed as there were no significant proximal dentinal lesions for the control and treated groups in this study.
  • the group treated with hydrogel did not show any inhibition compared to the control group suggesting that the hydrogel as such has no antivirulence activity (Table 3).
  • Table 3 Effect of HEBI or HA5 treatment on S. mutans UA159 induced dental caries.
  • E Enamel
  • Ds Dentinal slight
  • Dm Dentinal moderate
  • Dx Dentinal extensive
  • Proximal dentinal scores are not included as there were no significant proximal dentinal lesions for the control and treated groups in this study.
  • Table 4 Effect of HEBI or HA5 treatment on S. mutans LIA159 CFU and the body weight of the animals.
  • CFU Colony Forming Unit
  • MS Mitis Salivarius
  • BAP Blood Agar Plates
  • IC50 value of 10.56 iM in a Gtf inhibition assay Compound HA5 was encapsulated into pH- responsive hydrogel microparticles to generate a hydrogel encapsulated biofilm inhibitor (HEBI), which displayed selective inhibition of S. mutans biofilm similar to HA5.
  • HEBI hydrogel encapsulated biofilm inhibitor
  • the effects of HA5 or HEBI on the biofilm on commensal species, S. gordonii and S. sanguinis were minimal at 25 pM.
  • mutans LIA159 infected gnotobiotic rats with 100 pM of HA5 or HEBI resulted in significant reduction in buccal, sulcal, and proximal dental caries scores compared to control groups demonstrating their antivirulence activities in vivo without affecting the bacterial colonization significantly.
  • the rats treated with the HA5 or HEBI did not experience any weight loss over the course of the study in comparison with the control group, suggesting that the compound and material are non-toxic.
  • our in vivo data suggests that HEBI can release HA5 in the rat oral cavity under the acidic conditions of dental caries infection and the reduce dental caries and the results are comparable to what is observed for HA5 treatment alone.
  • Poly(ethyleneimine) (PEI, average Mw 25000), ethylenediamine (EDA), manganese sulfate monohydrate, ammonium bicarbonate and 1-Ethyl-3-(3-(dimethylamino)propyl)- carbodiimide hydrochloride were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich.
  • Monobasic and dibasic sodium phosphate (Fisher Scientific) were used for preparation of polymer and buffer solutions.
  • Poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone) (PVPON, M w 10000 g mol’ 1 ) was from Sigma-Aldrich. Slices of human teeth were provided by Dr. Nathaniel Lawson (UAB School of Dentistry, IRB-300001291) and used as received.
  • the bacterial strains, S. mutans LIA159, S. gordonii DL1 , and S. sanguinis SK36 were inoculated statically at 37 °C under 5 % CO2 in Todd Hewitt Broth (THB) for 24 h. The cultures were then diluted with fresh THB (1 :5) and reinoculated until optical density at 470 nm (OD470) reached 1. The optical density was read using BioTek 800TS microplate reader at 470 nm for bacterial growth and 562 nm for biofilm stained with crystal violet. Data was plotted in Graphpad Prism9.
  • the precipitated solid product was filtered, washed with water, and dried over CaCh in a vacuum desiccator.
  • the crude product thus obtained was purified by column chromatography over Si gel using 10 % MeOH in CH2CI2 to afford pure hydroxyl aurones HA2-6. All hydroxy aurones were characterized by 1 H NMR, 13 C NMR and HRMS as follows.
  • Biofilm inhibition assays were performed in polystyrene microtiter 96 well plates. Stock solutions were prepared in chemically defined medium (CDM, JRH Biosciences, Lenexa, KS) with 2 % sucrose, 1 % bacteria cultures and various concentrations of the small molecule inhibitors to examine their activity against biofilm formation as described 69 ’ 70 . These stocks were assayed in 96 well plates in triplicate and incubated at 37 °C and 5 % CO2 for 16 h. After reading optical density for bacterial growth, the plate was gently washed with water, dried, and stained with crystal violet, and then gently rinsed again with deionized water leaving the stained biofilm at the bottoms of the wells.
  • CDM chemically defined medium
  • KS chemically defined medium
  • Biofilms was dissolved in 200 pL of 30 % acetic acid and absorbance at 562 nm was used read to determine biofilm biomass. Each assay was carried out at least in triplicate. Biofilm inhibitory concentration (IC50) of the compounds was determined by serial dilutions.
  • Gtf inhibition determined by glucan quantification assays. Overnight cultures of S. mutans LIA159 were centrifuged (6500rpm, 4 °C, 10min) to remove cells. Supernatant was mixed with ethanol (1 :1) and incubated at -80 °C for 1h. The precipitated Gtfs were palleted using centrifugation and resuspended in chemically defined media (CDM) 10 pL of Gtfs suspended in CDM were assayed on I bidi slides with varying concentrations of inhibitor, 1 % sucrose, 1 % DMSO and 1uM Cascade blue dye in CDM.
  • CDM chemically defined media
  • the slides were then incubated at 37 °C with 5 % CO2 for 16 h after which, the wells of Ibidi slides were gently rinsed with 1x PBS and treated with 1x PBS for fluorescence microscopy imaging. The images obtained were processed in Imaged to quantify glucans and graphed in GraphPad Prism.
  • S. mutans, S. gordonii, and S. sanguinis growth assays Effects of compounds on S. mutans and commensal bacterial growth were evaluated using the growth assay as described 69 .
  • S. mutans LIA159, S. gordonii DL1 , S. sanguinis SK36, cultures were grown for 24 h under 5 % CO2 at 37 °C. These cultures were then reinoculated with fresh THB (1:5) until OD470 1 when the bacteria were ready to be used.
  • Different concentrations of the inhibitor were assayed in chemically defined media (CDM) with 1 % of the bacteria, 1 % sucrose and 1 % DMSO in 96 well plates. The 96 well plates were incubated under 5 % CO2 at 37 °C for 16 h. Growth of the bacteria was read after 16 h at OD470. Each assay was carried out at least in triplicate.
  • Porous Mn 2 C>3 microparticle templates of 3 pm in size were synthesized as described previously 63 65 Briefly, a nano-seed solution was prepared by mixing 0.04 g of N ⁇ HCCh and 0.02 g of MnSC>4 in DI water (200 mL). Then, the nano-seed solution (80 mL) was added to a 6 mM of MnSC>4 (1000 mL) followed by 6 mM solution of NH4HCO3 (1000 mL) both containing 2- propanol (0.5 % vol) was added to the nano-seed solution and was heated at 60 °C for 30 minutes to produce 3 pm cubic manganese carbonate particles. Once collected and dried via filtration, the Mn 2 CC>3 microparticles were heated at 650°C for 3.5 h in the muffled oven to produce porous Mn 2 Os microparticles.
  • pH-Responsive cubic hydrogel cubic microparticles were synthesized by depositing hydrogen-bonded [PMAA/PVPON] n (the subscript denotes the number of polymer bilayers) multilayers at the surfaces of Mn 2 Os microparticle templates.
  • PEI poly(ethyleneimine)
  • DI deionized
  • Cubic PMAA hydrogel microparticles were obtained after dissolving the manganese oxide core in hydrochloric acid solution (8M HCI) for 24 h.
  • the PMAA hydrogel microparticles were then purified by dialysis in DI water for 3 days using a Float-a-Lyzer (Fisher; MWCO 20 kDa).
  • Rat model of dental caries In vivo studies of colonization and virulence of S. mutans were evaluated using a previously reported rat model of dental caries 71 . Offspring of gnotobiotic Fischer 344 rats used in this experiment were bred and maintained in trexler isolators. Male and female rat pups were removed from isolators at 20 days of age and randomly assigned into 5 treatment groups of 5 rats I group in cages with filter tops. Rats were then infected with S. mutans LIA159 strain by oral swabbing daily for four consecutive days with a fresh overnight culture of S. mutans LIA159.
  • Rats were provided with caries promoting Teklad Diet 305 containing 5 % sucrose (Harlan Laboratories, Inc., Indianapolis, IN) and sterile drinking water ad libitum. Oral swabs were taken 5 days post-infection and plated on Todd Hewitt (TH) agar plates and incubated at 37 °C in an environment of 5 % CO2 in the air to confirm colonization. Rats were weighed at weaning and at the termination of the experiment. One-week post-infection, the molars of the rats were treated topically twice daily for 4 weeks with the test compounds using camel-hair brushes.
  • TH Todd Hewitt
  • the five treatment groups used in this study were: 1) HEBI (100 pM); 2) HA5 (100 pM); 3) hydrogel encapsulated PBS (no drug) containing 0.1 % DMSO (negative control), 4) 250 ppm NaF (positive control) and 5) infected untreated group (negative control). Drinking water was withheld for 60 min following each treatment with the compound. Animals were weighed at weaning and at the termination of the experiment. On day 60, the rats were sacrificed using CO2 followed by cervical dislocation or bilateral thoracotomy. The mandibles were surgically removed and cleaned of excess tissue to assess the level of bacteria present and the extent of caries formation.
  • the right mandibles from each rat were placed in a tube containing phosphate buffer (3 mL), placed on ice and sonicated (10 sec) to release bacteria from the molars. Each sample was serially diluted, plated on blood agar plates (BAP) and mitis- salivarius (MS) agar plates and incubated in an environment of 5 % CO2 at 37 °C to quantify the level of total bacteria and S. mutans present in the plaque.
  • BAP blood agar plates
  • MS mitis- salivarius
  • the right and left mandibles from each rat were then placed in 95 % ethanol for 24 h. The mandibles will be cleaned and stained overnight with murexide solution. After drying, the mandibles were sectioned and scored for caries activity using the Keyes method 68 .
  • Caries scores were recorded for the buccal, sulcal and proximal molar surfaces individually so that differences among the surfaces can be distinguished.
  • Statistical significance in the mean caries scores CFUs I mandible and body weights between groups of rats were determined by one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) with the Tu key- Kramer multiple comparison test using the InStat program (Graphpad Software, San Diego, CA). When determining the statistical significance between the two groups, an unpaired t-test was applied. Differences between groups were considered significant at a P-value ⁇ 0.05. All experimental protocols were approved by the University of Alabama at Birmingham Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee (protocol No: IACUC-20047). The methods were carried out in accordance with the relevant guidelines and regulations.
  • Streptococcus mutans is the primary etiological agent for dental caries.
  • the potential of two previously reported biofilm inhibitors for HA5 and HA6 to be therapeutics that have species-specific selectivity towards S. mutans and the ability to preserve the oral microbiome is demonstrated by characterizing the rat oral microbiome in a S. mutans induced dental caries model.
  • Inhibitors HA5 and HA6 were encapsulated into pH-responsive block copolymer vesicles (polymersomes) to generate polymersome-encapsulated biofilm inhibitors, PEHA5 and PEHA6, respectively and their biofilm and growth inhibitory activities against S. mutans and representative strains of oral commensal streptococci have been assessed. The in vivo drug release and antivirulence activities of PEHA5 have been demonstrated in a S. mutans induced rat caries model. A 4-week treatment of S.
  • Dental caries commonly known as tooth decay, is a ubiquitous bacterial infectious disease that causes demineralization of enamel and dentin 111 .
  • a recent Lancet study of global burden of 328 major diseases recognizes dental caries as the most prevalent disease worldwide [2] .
  • dental plaque contains more than 700 bacterial species living in complex bacterial communities called biofilms, the gram-positive bacterium Streptococcus mutans, characterized by its ability to form tenacious biofilms is considered to be the primary etiological agent for this disease [3 ’ 4] .
  • Biofilm formation is initiated by the attachment of commensal streptococci such as Streptococcus sanguinis and Streptococcus gordonii to the tooth surface and the subsequent intra- and inter-species microbial interactions [5 ' 7] .
  • commensal streptococci such as Streptococcus sanguinis and Streptococcus gordonii
  • Low numbers of cariogenic bacteria often live together with their benign commensal counterparts in the oral cavity as multispecies biofilm communities [8 ' 101 . Under the disease conditions, pathogenic bacteria overgrow the commensals disturbing the delicate balance between them [11 ’ 12] .
  • Current antimicrobial treatments for dental caries such as oral rinses affect both pathogenic and commensal bacteria alike.
  • mutans Gtfs are essential for the glucan synthesis, biofilm formation and the resulting cariogenesis [13] . Therefore, inhibiting S. mutans Gtfs is an excellent strategy to specifically inhibit its biofilm formation without affecting its viability and the viability of oral commensal bacterial species.
  • Two such S. mutans Gtf inhibitors reported from our lab are compounds HA5 and HA6 [18] .
  • the goal of the present study is to encapsulate HA5 or HA6 in pH-responsive polymer nanoplatforms and explore their on-demand pH-responsive delivery in the oral cavity to prevent or treat dental caries.
  • the pH-responsive delivery of antibacterial agents is a highly desirable approach to treat dental caries as the pH level in oral cavity is one of the critical factors contributing to the demineralization process of tooth enamel.
  • the human salivary system maintains a healthy non-harmful pH of 6.0 - 7.5 in the oral cavity [19 201 under physiological conditions controlled by three buffer systems: 1) bicarbonate, 2) phosphate and 3) salivary proteins [21 ’ 22] .
  • biofilm ferments the dietary carbohydrates to produce acidic byproducts such as lactic acid leading to a drop in salivary pH to less than 5.5, which is harmful to the tooth enamel and dentin [21 ’ 24] . Therefore, dental caries treatment would tremendously benefit from an antibiofilm agent that is delivered on the tooth surface in a pH-responsive manner.
  • Polymersomes are hollow polymeric spheres with an aqueous core and a polymer membrane that has close similarity to the membrane of liposomes [37 ’ 38] .
  • Polymersomes are ideal delivery platforms for small-molecule biofilm inhibitors as their amphiphilicity makes them capable of encapsulating both hydrophilic and hydrophobic molecules in their core and polymer shell, respectively [39] .
  • Polymersomes are mechanically robust with efficient drug loading capacity and ability to respond to environmental stimuli such as pH or temperature [40 ' 42] .
  • Such polymer vesicles made from block copolymers of polybutadiene-b-poly(L- glutamic acid) and polyethyloxide-p-polycaprolactam have been shown to release their cargo through the vesicle disassembly due to the presence of the degradable bonds within their structure [42] .
  • These hollow vesicles were self-assembled from poly(N- vinylpyrrolidone)8-b/oc -poly(dimethylsiloxane)64-Woc -poly(N-vinyl-pyrrolidone)8 (PVPON8- PDMS64-PVPONS) block copolymer into ⁇ 30-nm spherical hollow nanovesicles via a nanoprecipitation method.
  • the synthesis was carried out by the reversible additionfragmentation chain transfer (RAFT) polymerization we have reported previously [43] . Due to the presence of acid-labile ester (-COO-) linkages between PDMS and PVPON blocks, the assembled polymersome vesicles are degraded at pH ⁇ 5 and release the cargo [43] .
  • RAFT reversible additionfragmentation chain transfer
  • Biofilm inhibitors HA5 and HA6 are excellent candidates for polymersome encapsulation as they inhibited S. mutans biofilm with IC50 values of 6.42 iM and 18.92 .M, respectively without affecting the growth of commensal species S. gordonii and S. sanguinis at their biofilm inhibiting doses [18] . They were also found to have solubilities of 120.09 ig I mL and 90.77 pg I mL, suitable for the encapsulation into polymersome vesicles [18] . Both inhibitors HA5 and HA6 were synthesized in large scale using the synthetic protocols reported from our lab recently [18] .
  • HA6 inhibited S. mutans biofilm in a dose dependent manner with an IC50 value of 18.92 ⁇ 0.39 pM (Fig. 2.2A). Staining of bacterial cells within biofilms with Syto-9 showed significant reduction in biofilms at 15 pM and a complete inhibition at 30 pM of HA6 (Fig. 2.2E-I). The presence of glucans, which were stained with Cascade Blue-dextran conjugated dye, was significantly reduced at 15 pM and no glucan formation was evident at 30 pM of HA6 (Fig. 2.2E-II). In addition, propidium iodide was used to determine the presence of extracellular DNA (eDNA) in S. mutans biofilms.
  • eDNA extracellular DNA
  • HA5 and HA6 are efficient inhibitors of S. mutans biofilm and cariogenic activity [18] , it is important to ensure that these compounds do not have any deleterious impact on the healthy oral microbial community.
  • Treatment groups used in this study were inhibitor HA5 (100 pM), inhibitor HA6 (100 pM), and vehicle.
  • a LIA159 infection only group served as a negative control and a NaF (250 ppm) served as a positive control.
  • E Enamel
  • Ds Dentinal slight
  • Dm Dentinal moderate
  • Dx Dentinal extensive
  • Table 2 Effect of HA5 or HA6 treatment on S. mutans LIA159 induced sulcal and proximal caries.
  • E Enamel
  • Ds Dentinal slight
  • Dm Dentinal moderate
  • Dx Dentinal extensive
  • Table 3 Effect of HA5 or HA6 treatment on S. mutans LIA159 CFU and the body weight of the treated animals.
  • MS Mitis-Salivarius agar
  • BAP Blood agar plate
  • the microbiota between the groups at different time points was analyzed for oral bacterial composition and abundance.
  • Oral swabs collected before and after interventions with these compounds were analyzed using the 16s rRNA gene sequencing method. Both ‘within’ (alpha diversity) and ‘between’ (beta diversity) sample diversities were calculated over time for each treatment group using MicrobiomeAnalyst 2.0 [55] .
  • the major phyla detected in the study are Firmicutes, Proteobacteria, Bacteroides, Actinobacteria, Verrucomicrobia, Epsilonbacteraeota, Tenericutes, Cyanobacteria, and Spirochaetes.
  • Phylum level comparison of oral microbiome samples from initial infection of S. mutans after 2-week of treatment and 4-week treatment showed that the phylum Firmicutes dominated the native microbiome and to a lesser extent by phyla Proteobacteria and Bacteroides.
  • Treatment with the compounds HA5 or HA6 did not perturb the overall rat oral microbiome at phylum levels significantly (Fig. 2.3A). Each color represents 1 phylum, and the length of the bar reflects relative abundance. The results were similar to the NaF treatment and the control: infected untreated animals.
  • Any type of dysbiosis in the oral microbiota may favor the dental caries promoting organisms and result in adverse effects.
  • targeting the bacterial species that promote dental carries without any major perturbation to normal healthy microbiota has greater implications in maintaining dental health.
  • Spherical block copolymer vesicles that allow the encapsulation of both hydrophilic and hydrophobic drugs were designed and synthesized.
  • the hollow block copolymer vesicles were assembled from PVPON8-PDMS64-PVPON8 block copolymer into ⁇ 30 nm vesicles using a nanoprecipitation method [58 ’ 59] .
  • the block-copolymer was synthesized by reversible addition-fragmentation chain transfer (RAFT) polymerization of N-vinylpyrrolidone (VPON) from PDMS as we have previously reported (Fig. 2.4A) [60] .
  • RAFT reversible addition-fragmentation chain transfer
  • PDMS64 bis(hydroxyalkyl) poly (dimethylsiloxane)
  • 2-bromopropionyl bromide followed by potassium ethyl xanthogenate resulting in the PDMS macro-initiator.
  • PVPON8-PDMS64-PVPONS was synthesized by RAFT polymerization of N-vinylpyrrolidone (VPON) monomer by controlling the reaction time with a feed ratio of 1:1:95 by weight of PDMS-initiator / AIBN / monomer.
  • the images of the vesicle solution before and after the pH exposure demonstrate that the lowering of pH resulted in the vesicle degradation as indicated by the transparent solution (Fig. 2.4C).
  • the PVPON-b-PDMS-b-PVPON triblock-copolymer solution in ethanol was added dropwise to 4.0 mL of HA5 (0.045 mg/mL), or HA6 (0.035 mg/mL), solution in DI water at room temperature and left stirring for 2 h. Then, the obtained solution was dialysed in DI water for 48 h using a Float-a-Lyzer (MWCO 1000 Da, Fisher Scientific) to remove ethanol, followed by dialysis in DI water for 72 h using a Float-a-Lyzer (MWCO 100 kDa, Fisher Scientific) to remove an excess of the drug.
  • a Float-a-Lyzer MWCO 1000 Da, Fisher Scientific
  • the hydrodynamic sizes of purified PEHA5 and PEHA6 were measured using a Nano-ZS Zetasizer (Malvern Pananalytical) equipped with a He-Ne laser (663 nm) at 25 °C.
  • the average hydrodynamic diameters were measured to be 33 ⁇ 10 nm for empty vesicles, and 33 ⁇ 11 nm and 28 ⁇ 9 nm for PEHA5 and PEHA6, respectively (Fig. 2.4E).
  • PEHA5 inhibited S. mutans biofilm in a dose-dependent manner with an IC50 value of 12.04 ⁇ 1.51 pM (Fig. 2.5A). Staining of the bacterial cells within biofilms with Syto- 9 showed significant reduction in biofilms at 10 pM and a complete inhibition at 20 pM of PEHA5 (Fig. 2.5E-I). The presence of glucans, which were stained with Cascade Blue- dextran conjugated dye, was significantly reduced at 10 pM and no glucan formation was evident at 20 pM of PEHA5 (Fig. 2.5E-II).
  • PEHA6 inhibited S. mutans biofilm in a dose-dependent manner with an IC50 value of 8.09 ⁇ 2.92 pM (Fig. 2.6A). Staining of the bacterial cells within biofilms with Syto-9 showed significant reduction in biofilms at 10 pM and a complete inhibition at 20 pM of PEHA6 (Fig. 2.6E-I). The presence of glucans, which were stained with Cascade Blue-dextran conjugated dye, was significantly reduced at 10 pM and no glucan formation was evident at 20 pM of PEHA6 (Fig. 2.6E-II). In addition, propidium iodide was used to determine the presence of eDNA in S.
  • planktonic growth of S. mutans was not affected by PEHA6 at the range of doses of 5 ,M - 50 jiM (Fig. 2.6C).
  • the effect of PEHA6 on the planktonic growth of S. mutans was compared with HA5, HA6 at 50 iM .
  • PEHA6 and HA6 inhibited the planktonic growth slightly while HA5 did not inhibit the growth significantly at this dose (Fig. 2.6D).
  • PEHA5 or HA5 treatment did not affect bacterial colonization significantly (Table 6). Overall, our data suggests that PEHA5 releases HA5 under the acidic conditions of the dental caries infected oral cavity and reduce the cariogenic activity. The reductions in caries scores produced by PEHA5 is comparable to that achieved by HA5 treatment alone.
  • Table 4 Effect of PEHA5 or HA5 treatment on S. mutans LIA159 induced buccal caries.
  • Table 5 Effect of PEHA5 or HA5 treatment on S. mutans LIA159 induced sulcal and proximal caries.
  • PEHA5 treated (100jiM) 16.0 ⁇ 0.8 12.6 ⁇ 0.7 6.6 ⁇ 0.5 2.6 ⁇ 0.5 4.0 ⁇ 1.1 1.6 ⁇ 1.0
  • MS Mitis-Salivarius agar
  • BAP Blood agar plate
  • mutans LIA159 infected gnotobiotic rats with 100 .M PEHA5 resulted in significant reductions in buccal, sulcal, and proximal dental caries scores compared to untreated control groups. These outcomes were comparable to those observed with 100 .M of HA5 treatment.
  • these results suggest that the compound HA5 and the polymersome encapsulated material, PEHA5 selectively targeted S. mutans virulence factors; Gtfs and Gtf- mediated biofilm formation, rather than a simple inhibition of bacterial growth and are very effective in reducing dental caries in vivo.
  • S. mutans biofilm-specific therapy using HA5, HA6, or the polymersome encapsulated materials reported here is a viable approach for preventing caries while preserving the oral microbiome.
  • Biofilm inhibition assays were performed in polystyrene microtiter 96-well plates.
  • Gtf inhibition is determined by glucan quantification assays.
  • Gtf inhibition assays were performed to assess the ability of HA6 to inhibit the Gtfs and glucan production using a reported procedure and IC50 value was calculated [44 ’ 45] .
  • Overnight cultures of S. mutans LIA159 were centrifuged (6500 rpm, 4°C, 10 min) to remove the cells. Supernatant was mixed with ethanol (1 :1) and incubated at -80°C for 1 h. The precipitated Gtfs were palleted using centrifugation and resuspended in CDM (1 mL).
  • Diethyl ether (anhydrous), methanol, sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid, anhydrous sodium sulfate, and pyridine were purchased from Fisher Scientific and used as received.
  • 2-Bromo-2-propionyl bromide (98 %, TCI) was stored under protective argon (Airgas) atmosphere and used as received.
  • PDMS terminated with dihydroxyl groups (10.0 g, 1.8 mmol) and pyridine (2.9 mL, 38 mmol) were mixed in a 250-mL round-bottom flask with 100 mL of anhydrous diethyl ester in an ice bath.
  • the precipitate was separated by filtration and washed with 1.0 M HCI solution (3 times, 50 mL), 1.0 M NaOH solution (3 times, 50 mL), deionized (DI) water (4 times, 100 mL) and then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate. Then, polymer solution was concentrated in a rotary evaporator and dried overnight under vacuum at room temperature. Next, dried polymer (9.8 g, 1.7 mmol) was added to acetonitrile (200 mL) in a 500-mL round-bottom flask and mixed with pyridine (2.9 mL, 38 mmol).
  • the final PDMS-based macro-CTA was collected in 8.9 g and M n was measured to be 7,070 Da based on the 1 H NMR calculation of repeating units.
  • the final PVPONs-b-PDMSe ⁇ b-PVPONs triblock copolymer was obtained via CTA-mediated polymerization of VPON.
  • Macro-CTA 1.0 g, 0.19 mmol
  • VPON 2.0 g, 18 mmol
  • AIBN 33 mg, 0.21 mmol
  • freshly distilled tetra hydrofuran (4 mL) were added in one 25 mL Schlenk flask (reactor) equipped with a magnetic stirring bar.
  • the mixed solution was degassed by 3 freeze-pump-thaw cycles.
  • HA5 loaded polymersomes were prepared using a nanoprecipitation method. For that, 1.0 mL of the PVPON8-b-PDMS64-b-PVPON8 triblock-copolymer solution in ethanol (5.0 mg/mL) was added dropwise to 4.0 mL of the 2.5 mg HA5 (or HA6) solution in DI water at room temperature and left under stirring for 2 h. Then, the obtained solution was dialysed in DI water for 48 h using a Float-a-Lyzer (MWCO 1000 Da, Fisher Scientific) to remove ethanol, followed by dialysis in DI water for 72 h using a Float-a-Lyzer (MWCO 100 kDa, Fisher Scientific) to remove an excess of the drug.
  • MWCO 1000 Da Float-a-Lyzer
  • MWCO 100 kDa, Fisher Scientific Float-a-Lyzer
  • the hydrodynamic size of empty and encapsulated polymersomes was measured using a Nano-ZS Zetasizer (Malvern Pananalytical) equipped with a He-Ne laser (663 nm) at 25 °C. Drug concentration was calculated using a NanoDrop One Microvolume UV-Vis spectrophotometer (Thermo Fisher).
  • Rats were then infected with S. mutans UA159 strain by oral swabbing daily for four consecutive days with a fresh overnight culture of S. mutans UA159. Rats were provided with caries promoting Teklad Diet 305 containing 5 % sucrose (Harlan Laboratories, Inc., Indianapolis, IN) and sterile drinking water ad libitum.
  • Oral swabs were taken 5 days post-infection and plated on Todd Hewitt (TH) agar plates and incubated at 37 °C in an environment of 5 % CO2 in the air to confirm colonization. Rats were weighed at weaning and then weekly throughout the experiment. One-week post-infection, the molars of the rats were brushed twice daily for 4 weeks with the test compounds using camel-hair brushes. Four treatment groups used in this study were: 1) HA5 (100 .M); 2) HA6 (100 .M); 3) NaF (250 ppm); and 4) infected untreated rats. Drinking water was withheld for 60 min following each treatment with the compound. Animals were weighed at weaning and at the termination of the experiment.
  • TH Todd Hewitt
  • the rats were sacrificed using CO2 followed by cervical dislocation or bilateral thoracotomy.
  • the mandibles were surgically removed and cleaned of excess tissue to assess the level of bacteria present and the extent of caries formation.
  • the right mandible from each rat was placed in a tube containing phosphate buffer (3 mL), placed on ice and sonicated (10 sec) to release bacteria from the molars.
  • Each sample was serially diluted, plated on blood (BAP) and mitis-salivarius (MS) agar plates and incubated in an environment of 5 % CO2 in air at 37 °C to quantify the level of total bacteria and S. mutans present in the plaque.
  • plaque samples from rats treated or untreated were collected and DNA was extracted from each sample and used for PCR amplification of -430 bp amplicons of 16S ribosomal DNA hypervariable regions V3 and V4, Illumina adaptors, and molecular barcodes as described [66] .
  • Barcoded PCR samples were sequenced at UAB Microbiome Research Core. The Ribosomal Database Project classifier was used to assign a taxonomic classification to each read in the representative set and a phylogenetic tree will be constructed from the representative sequences.
  • the relative abundance of each OTU was examined at phylum, class, order, family, genus, and species levels.
  • Alpha and beta diversity analysis of the oral microbial community was performed using MicrobiomeAnalyst 2.0 [55] .
  • the ASV table containing the raw counts was filtered to remove low abundance features that were less than 10 % prevalence in samples, and data scaling was performed using Total sum scaling (TSS) prior to the diversity analysis.
  • TSS Total sum scaling
  • Agut W, Brulet A, Schatz C, Taton D, and Lecommandoux S pH and temperature responsive polymeric micelles and polymersomes by self-assembly of poly[2- (dimethylamino)ethyl methacrylate]-b-poly(glutamic acid) double hydrophilic block copolymers. Langmuir, 2010. 26: p. 10546-10554.
  • ratios, concentrations, amounts, and other numerical data may be expressed herein in a range format. It is to be understood that such a range format is used for convenience and brevity, and thus, should be interpreted in a flexible manner to include not only the numerical values explicitly recited as the limits of the range, but also to include all the individual numerical values or sub-ranges encompassed within that range as if each numerical value and sub-range is explicitly recited.
  • a concentration range of “about 0.1 percent to about 5 percent” should be interpreted to include not only the explicitly recited concentration of about 0.1 weight percent to about 5 weight percent but also include individual concentrations (e.g., 1 percent, 2 percent, 3 percent, and 4 percent) and the sub-ranges (e.g., 0.5 percent, 1.1 percent, 2.2 percent, 3.3 percent, and 4.4 percent) within the indicated range.
  • the term “about” can include traditional rounding according to significant figures of the numerical value.
  • the phrase “about ‘x’ to ‘y’” includes “about ‘x’ to about ‘y’”.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure provides for compositions including aurone-based small molecules encapsulated into hydrogel particles. The disclosure also provides for pharmaceutical compositions including the hydrogel encapsulated aurones and methods of use of the hydrogel encapsulated aurones. Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure can be used in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents for treating biofilms, such as Streptococcus mutans (S. mutans) biofilm, dental caries, and other diseases.

Description

NANOMATERIAL ENCAPSULATED BIOFILM INHIBITORS FOR DENTAL CARIES TREATMENT
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application entitled “NANOMATERIAL ENCAPSULATED BIOFILM INHIBITORS FOR DENTAL CARIES TREATMENT” and having Serial No. 63/503,801, filed May 23, 2023, and this application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application entitled “NANOMATERIAL ENCAPSULATED BIOFILM INHIBITORS FOR DENTAL CARIES TREATMENT” and having Serial No. 63/584,657, filed September 22, 2023, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in their entireties.
STATEMENT ON FUNDING PROVIDED BY THE U.S. GOVERNMENT
This invention was made with Government support under contract 1 R21DE028349 awarded by the National Institutes of Health. The Government has certain rights in the invention.
BACKGROUND
Dental caries, commonly known as tooth decay, is a ubiquitous bacterial infectious disease that causes demineralization of enamel and dentin. Although dental plaque contains more than 700 bacterial species living in complex bacterial communities called biofilms, the gram-positive bacterium Streptococcus mutans, characterized by its ability to form tenacious biofilms is considered to be the primary etiological agent for this disease. Current antimicrobial treatments for dental caries such as oral rinses affect both pathogenic and commensal bacteria alike. Therefore, it would be beneficial to develop new caries treatments that do not have adverse impact on the growth of oral commensal species.
SUMMARY
Aspects of the present disclosure provide aurone-based small molecules encapsulated into hydrogel particles. The disclosure also provides for pharmaceutical compositions including the hydrogel encapsulated aurones and methods of use of the hydrogel encapsulated aurones.
The present disclosure provides for a composition comprising a plurality of hydrogel particles and a plurality of small molecules, wherein the small molecules are encapsulated inside the hydrogel particles and wherein the small molecules have the following structure:
Figure imgf000003_0001
wherein each Ri is independently selected from hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted CI- 03 alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkoxyl group, and OH, wherein R2 is hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkoxyl group, and OH, wherein each R3 is independently selected from hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkoxyl group, and OH.
The present disclosure provides for a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the composition of any one of claims 1-16 to treat a condition.
The present disclosure provides for a method for treating dental caries comprising contacting a biofilm or contacting a cell capable of forming a biofilm with a therapeutically effective amount of the composition or pharmaceutical composition of any one of claims 1- 20.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Further aspects of the present disclosure will be more readily appreciated upon review of the detailed description of its various embodiments, described below, when taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
Figure 1.1 illustrates the identification of two potent lead compounds G43 and IIIC5.
Figure 1.2A illustrates methoxy and hydroxy aurones.
Figure 1.2B illustrates Scheme 1 , which is a synthesis of substituted aurones.
Figures 1.3A-C illustrate planktonic growth inhibitory activities of chaicones (3a-f), methoxyaurones (MA1-6), and hydroxyaurones (HA2-6). Figure 1.3A illustrates a graph showing that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with 50 pM of chaicones 3a-f and the planktonic growth was measured at OD470. Figure 1.3B illustrates a graph showing that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with 50 pM of methoxy aurones, MA1-6 and the planktonic growth was measured at OD470. Figure 1.3C illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with 50 pM of hydroxyaurones, HA2-6 and the planktonic growth was measured at OD470. Each experiment was repeated three times with triplicate microwells for each compound. Statistical significance was tested with one-way ANOVA. p<0.0001. Figures 1.4A-C illustrate biofilm inhibitory activities of chaicones (3a-f), methoxyaurones (MA1-6) and hydroxyaurones (HA2-6). Figure 1.4A illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with 50 pM of chaicones 3a-f and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol. Figure 1.4B illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with 50 pM of methoxyaurones, MA1-6 and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol. Figure 1.4 illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with 50 pM of hydroxyaurones HA2-6 and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol. Each experiment was repeated three times with triplicate microwells for each compound. Statistical significance was tested with one-way ANOVA. p<0.0001.
Figures 1.5A-B illustrate inhibitory activities of hydroxyaurones (HA2-6) against commensal biofilms. Figure 1.5A illustrates that S. gordonii DL1 were co-incubated with 50 mM of hydroxyaurones, HA2-6 or G43 and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol. Figure 1.5B illustrates S. sanguinis SK36 were co-incubated with 50 mM of hydroxyaurones, HA2-6 or G43 and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol. Each experiment was repeated three times with triplicate microwells for each compound. Statistical significance was tested with one-way ANOVA. p<0.0001.
Figures 1.6A-E illustrate the biofilm inhibitory activities of compound HA5. Figure 1.6A illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with HA5 at various concentrations and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol. Figure 1.6B illustrates Gtfs precipitated from S. mutans culture were co-incubated with HA5 at various concentrations and the glucan production was quantified using cascade blue staining and subsequent image processing with Imaged. Figure 1.6C illustrates representative fluorescence microscopy images of LIA159 biofilms after 16 h of treatment with various concentrations of HA5. Bacterial cells were stained with Syto-9 (green, panel I); glucans were stained with Cascade Blue-dextran conjugated dye (blue, panel II); eDNA was stained with propidium iodide (red, panel III) and a merged image of all three staining images (panel IV). Figure 1.6D illustrates S. mutans LIA159, S. gordonii DL1 and S. sanguinis SK36 were co-incubated with HA5 at 50 pM and 100 pM and their growth were measured at OD470. Figure 1.6E illustrates the chemical structure of HA5. Each of the biofilm, glucan and growth assays were conducted in triplicate and statistical significance was tested with one-way ANOVA. p<0.0001.
Figure 1.7A illustrates optical images of empty (PMAA)s hydrogels microparticles. Figure 1.7B illustrates HA5-loaded hydrogel HEBI and HA5 in methanol (insert B). Figure 1.7C illustrates Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM) topography images of a tooth surface with height of 280 nm. D) AFM image after (PMAA)s hydrogel adsorption, cubical hydrogel particles are clearly seen sticking to the tooth surface. Figure 1.7E illustrates amplitude error image of empty (PMAA)s hydrogels dried on the surface of a tooth. Scan size is 20 pm2 in both images, the height (z)-scale is 1.7 pm. Figure 1.7F illustrates S. mutans LIA159 and two bacterial commensal species S. gordonii DL1 or S. sanguinis SK36 were co-incubated with HA5 or HEBI at 25 pM and their growth was measured at OD470. Figure 1.7G illustrates S. mutans LIA159, S. gordonii DL1 or S. sanguinis SK36 were co-incubated with 25 mM of HA5 or HEBI and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol. Each of the biofilm and growth assays were conducted in triplicate and statistical significance was tested with one-way ANOVA. p<0.0001 .
Figure 2.1 illustrates inhibitors of S. mutans glucosyl transferases and biofilm.
Figure 2.2A-E illustrates biofilm and growth inhibitory activities of the compound HA6. Figure 2.2A illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with HA6 at various concentrations and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol and IC50 value was determined. Figure 2.2B illustrates that S. mutans LIA159, S. gordonii DL1 and S. sanguinis SK36 were co-incubated with HA6 at 25 pM and 50 pM and their planktonic growth were measured at OD470. Figure 2.2C illustrates that S. gordonii DL1 were co-incubated with HA6 at 25 pM and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol. Figure 2.2D illustrates that S. sanguinis SK36 were co-incubated with HA6 at 25 pM and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol. Figure 2.2E illustrates representative fluorescence microscopy images of LIA159 biofilms after 16 h of treatment with various concentrations of HA6. Bacterial cells were stained with Syto-9 (green, panel-l); glucans were stained with Cascade Blue dextran conjugated dye (blue, panel-l I) ; eDNA was stained with propidium iodide (red, panel-ill), and a merged image of all three staining images (panel-IV).
Figure 2.3A-D illustrate compounds HA5 and HA6 do not perturb oral microbiome significantly. Oral microbiome samples were obtained from individual rats at the following time points: before the experiment (Native), after inoculation of S. mutans and the start of a caries-promoting diet (Sm+CPD), after two weeks of treatment with the compounds (2- week), and at the end of the study (END). The microbiota between groups at different time points were analyzed for diversity and composition. Figure 2.3A illustrates Phyla composition in all groups. Each color represents 1 phylum, and the length of the bar reflects relative abundance. The major phyla detected throughout the study were Firmicutes, Proteobacteria, Bacteroides, Actinobacteria, Verrucomicrobia, Epsilonbacteraeota, Tenericutes, Cyanobacteria, and Spirochaetes. n = 5 per group. Figure 2.3B illustrates Family-level composition within phylum Firmicutes. The major families detected within the phylum are Lachnospiraceae, Ruminococcaceae, Lactobacillaceae, Erysipelotrichaceae, and Streptococcaceae, n = 5. Figure 2.3C illustrates alpha diversity of the oral bacterial community structure at the genus level of each treatment group. Three diversity indices: Chao-1 , Shannon, and Simpson were calculated, before (Native) and after (END) the treatment interventions and compared against the untreated group, n = 5. Figure 2.3D illustrates beta diversity (Bray-Curtis index) of the oral bacterial community structure at the genus level for each treatment group is represented by the principal coordinates analysis (PCoA) plots where the samples were clustered (ellipses) based on the time points as depicted in the color legend: native (red), Sm+CPD (green), 2-week (blue) and END (purple). Each dot represents 1 rat, n = 5.
Figure 2.4A illustrates the synthesis of PVPON8-PDMS64-PVPON8 triblock copolymer by RAFT copolymerization. Figure 2.4B illustrates 1H-NMR spectrum of PVPONs-PDMS64- PVPONs triblock copolymer. Figure 2.4C illustrates photographs of the polymersome solution at pH = 7.4 and after its exposure to pH = 3 after 24 h. Figure 2.4D illustrates optical density of the PVPON-b-PDMS-b-PVPON polymersomes before and after 24-h exposure to pH = 3 solution at 37°C, Figure 2.4E illustrates hydrodynamic size (diameter, nm) of empty polymersome and PEHA5 and PEHA6 as measured by DLS. Figure 2.4F illustrates UV-visible spectra of HA5 and HA6 (solid lines) and PEHA5 and PEHA6 (dotted lines) in water.
Figure 2.5A-E illustrates biofilm and growth inhibitory activities of PEHA5. Figure 2.5A illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with various concentrations of PEHA5, and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol. Figure 2.5B illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with empty polymersome vesicles, 50 pM of HA5 or PEHA5 and the biofilm formation compared to control (1 % DMSO) was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol. Figure 2.5C illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with various concentrations of PEHA5, and the planktonic growth was measured at OD470. Figure 2.5D illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 and two bacterial commensal species S. sanguinis SK36 and S. gordonii DL1 co-incubated with PEHA5 or HA5 at 50 pM and their planktonic growth was measured at OD470. Figure 2.5E illustrates representative fluorescence microscopy images of LIA159 biofilms after 16 h of treatment with various concentrations of PEHA5. Bacterial cells were stained with Syto-9 (green, panel-l); glucans were stained with Cascade Blue-dextran conjugated dye (blue, panel-l I); eDNA was stained with propidium iodide (red, panel-ill), and a merged image of all three staining images (panel-IV).
Figure 2.6A-E illustrates that biofilm and growth inhibitory activities of PEHA6. Figure 2.6A illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with various concentrations of PEHA6, and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol. Figure 2.6B illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were co-incubated with 50 pM of HA5, HA6, or PEHA6 and the biofilm formation compared to control (1% DMSO) was measured at OD562 using the crystal violet protocol. Figure 2.6C illustrates that S. mutans LIA159 were coincubated with various concentrations of PEHA6, and planktonic growth was measured at OD470. Figure 2.6D illustrates S. mutans LIA159 co-incubated with HA5, HA6 or PEHA6 at 50 pM and their planktonic growth was measured at OD470. Figure 2.6E illustrates representative fluorescence microscopy images of LIA159 biofilms after 16 h of treatment with various concentrations of PEHA6. Bacterial cells were stained with Syto-9 (green, panel-l); glucans were stained with Cascade Blue-dextran conjugated dye (blue, panel-l I); eDNA was stained with propidium iodide (red, panel-ill), and a merged image of all three staining images (panel-IV).
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
The present disclosure provides for compositions including aurone-based small molecules encapsulated into hydrogel particles. The disclosure also provides for pharmaceutical compositions including the hydrogel encapsulated aurones and methods of use of the hydrogel encapsulated aurones.
This disclosure is not limited to particular embodiments described, and as such may, of course, vary. The terminology used herein serves the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to be limiting, since the scope of the present disclosure will be limited only by the appended claims.
Where a range of values is provided, each intervening value, to the tenth of the unit of the lower limit unless the context clearly dictates otherwise, between the upper and lower limit of that range and any other stated or intervening value in that stated range, is encompassed within the disclosure. The upper and lower limits of these smaller ranges may independently be included in the smaller ranges and are also encompassed within the disclosure, subject to any specifically excluded limit in the stated range. Where the stated range includes one or both of the limits, ranges excluding either or both of those included limits are also included in the disclosure.
Embodiments of the present disclosure will employ, unless otherwise indicated, techniques of medicine, organic chemistry, biochemistry, molecular biology, pharmacology, and the like, which are within the skill of the art. Such techniques are explained fully in the literature.
The following examples are put forth so as to provide those of ordinary skill in the art with a complete disclosure and description of how to perform the methods and use the compositions and compounds disclosed and claimed herein. Efforts have been made to ensure accuracy with respect to numbers (e.g., amounts, temperature, etc.), but some errors and deviations should be accounted for. Unless indicated otherwise, parts are parts by weight, temperature is in °C, and pressure is at or near atmospheric. Standard temperature and pressure are defined as 20 °C and 1 atmosphere.
Before the embodiments of the present disclosure are described in detail, it is to be understood that, unless otherwise indicated, the present disclosure is not limited to particular materials, reagents, reaction materials, manufacturing processes, dimensions, frequency ranges, applications, or the like, as such can vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for purposes of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to be limiting. It is also possible in the present disclosure that steps can be executed in different sequence, where this is logically possible. It is also possible that the embodiments of the present disclosure can be applied to additional embodiments involving measurements beyond the examples described herein, which are not intended to be limiting. It is furthermore possible that the embodiments of the present disclosure can be combined or integrated with other measurement techniques beyond the examples described herein, which are not intended to be limiting.
It should be noted that, as used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “a support” includes a plurality of supports. In this specification and in the claims that follow, reference will be made to a number of terms that shall be defined to have the following meanings unless a contrary intention is apparent.
Each of the applications and patents cited in this text, as well as each document or reference cited in each of the applications and patents (including during the prosecution of each issued patent; “application cited documents”), and each of the PCT and foreign applications or patents corresponding to and/or claiming priority from any of these applications and patents, and each of the documents cited or referenced in each of the application cited documents, are hereby expressly incorporated herein by reference. Further, documents or references cited in this text, in a Reference List before the claims, or in the text itself; and each of these documents or references (“herein cited references”), as well as each document or reference cited in each of the herein-cited references (including any manufacturer’s specifications, instructions, etc.) are hereby expressly incorporated herein by reference.
Prior to describing the various embodiments, the following definitions are provided and should be used unless otherwise indicated.
Definitions
It is understood that “substitution” or “substituted” includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, i.e., a compound that does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc.
It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the moieties substituted can themselves be substituted, if appropriate. For instance, the substituents of a substituted alkyl may include halogen, hydroxy, nitro, thiols, amino, azido, imino, amido, phosphoryl (including phosphonate and phosphinate), sulfonyl (including sulfate, sulfonamido, sulfamoyl and sulfonate), and silyl groups, as well as ethers, alkylthios, carbonyls (including ketones, aldehydes, carboxylates, and esters), -CF3, -CN and the like. Cycloalkyls can be substituted in the same manner.
The term "acyl" as used herein, alone or in combination, means a carbonyl or thiocarbonyl group bonded to a radical selected from, for example, optionally substituted, hydrido, alkyl (e.g. haloalkyl), alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy ("acyloxy" including acetyloxy, butyryloxy, iso-valeryloxy, phenylacetyloxy, benzoyloxy, p-methoxybenzoyloxy, and substituted acyloxy such as alkoxyalkyl and haloalkoxy), aryl, halo, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, sulfonyl (e.g. allylsulfinylalkyl), sulfonyl (e.g. alkylsulfonylalkyl), cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, thioalkyl, thioaryl, amino (e.g alkylamino or dialkylamino), and aralkoxy. Illustrative examples of "acyl" radicals are formyl, acetyl, 2-chloroacetyl, 2-bromacetyl, benzoyl, trifluoroacetyl, phthaloyl, malonyl, nicotinyl, and the like. The term "acyl" as used herein refers to a group -C(O)R26, where R26 is hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroalkyl, heteroaryl, and heteroarylalkyl. Examples include, but are not limited to formyl, acetyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclohexylmethylcarbonyl, benzoyl, benzylcarbonyl and the like.
The terms “administering” and “administration” as used herein refer to introducing a composition (e.g., a vaccine, adjuvant, or immunogenic composition) of the present disclosure into a subject. As used herein, “administering” can refer to an administration that is oral, topical, intravenous, subcutaneous, transcutaneous, transdermal, intramuscular, intra-joint, parenteral, intra-arteriole, intradermal, intraventricular, intraosseous, intraocular, intracranial, intraperitoneal, intralesional, intranasal, intracardiac, intraarticular, intracavernous, intrathecal, intravireal, intracerebral, and intracerebroventricular, intratympanic, intracochlear, rectal, vaginal, by inhalation, by catheters, stents or via an implanted reservoir or other device that administers, either actively or passively (e.g. by diffusion) a composition the perivascular space and adventitia. A preferred route of administration of the vaccine composition is intravenous.
The terms "alkoxyl" or "alkoxyalkyl" as used herein refer to an alkyl-O- group wherein alkyl is as previously described. The term "alkoxyl" as used herein can refer to C1-20 inclusive, linear, branched, or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated oxo-hydrocarbon chains, including, for example, methoxyl, ethoxyl, propoxyl, isopropoxyl, n-butoxyl, t-butoxyl, and pentoxyl.
The term "alkyl", either alone or within other terms such as "thioalkyl" and "arylalkyl", as used herein, means a monovalent, saturated hydrocarbon radical which may be a straight chain (i.e. linear) or a branched chain. The term “hydroxyalkyl” specifically refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more hydroxy groups. When “alkyl” is used in one instance and a specific term such as “hydroxyalkyl” is used in another, it is not meant to imply that the term “alkyl” does not also refer to specific terms such as “hydroxyalkyl” and the like. An alkyl radical for use in the present disclosure generally comprises from about 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly from about 1 to 10, 1 to 8 or 1 to 7, more particularly about 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or 3 to 6. Illustrative alkyl radicals include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n- pentyl, n-hexyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, isopentyl, amyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, tert-pentyl, n-heptyl, n-actyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, undecyl, n-dodecyl, n-tetradecyl, pentadecyl, n-hexadecyl, heptadecyl, n-octadecyl, nonadecyl, eicosyl, dosyl, n-tetracosyl, and the like, along with branched variations thereof. In certain aspects of the disclosure an alkyl radical is a Ci-Ce lower alkyl comprising or selected from the group comprising methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, isopentyl, amyl, tributyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, tert-pentyl, and n-hexyl. An alkyl radical may be optionally substituted with substituents as defined herein at positions that do not significantly interfere with the preparation of compounds of the disclosure and do not significantly reduce the efficacy of the compounds. In certain aspects of the disclosure, an alkyl radical is substituted with one to five substituents including halo, lower alkoxy, lower aliphatic, a substituted lower aliphatic, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, thio, amino, keto, aldehyde, ester, amide, substituted amino, carboxyl, sulfonyl, sulfuryl, sulfenyl, sulfate, sulfoxide, substituted carboxyl, halogenated lower alkyl (e.g. CF3), halogenated lower alkoxy, hydroxycarbonyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower alkylcarbonyloxy, lower alkylcarbonylamino, cycloaliphatic, substituted cycloaliphatic, or aryl (e.g., phenylmethyl benzyl)), heteroaryl (e.g., pyridyl), and heterocyclic (e.g., piperidinyl, morpholinyl). Substituents on an alkyl group may themselves be substituted.
The term “cycloalkyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, norbornyl, and the like. The term “heterocycloalkyl” is a type of cycloalkyl group as defined above and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, amino, ether, halide, hydroxy, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
The term “alkenyl” as used herein is a hydrocarbon group of from 2 to 24 carbon atoms or 2 to 8 carbon atoms or 2 to 6 carbon atoms with a structural formula containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Asymmetric structures such as (R1R2)C=C(R3R4) are intended to include both the E and Z isomers. This can be presumed in structural formulae herein wherein an asymmetric alkene is present, or it can be explicitly indicated by the bond symbol C=C. The alkenyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol, as described herein.
The term “cycloalkenyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least three carbon atoms and containing at least one carbon-carbon double bound, i.e. , C=C. Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexadienyl, norbornenyl, and the like. The term “heterocycloalkenyl” is a type of cycloalkenyl group as defined above and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkenyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The cycloalkenyl group and heterocycloalkenyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
As used herein, "alkynyl" or “alkynyl group” refers to straight or branched chain hydrocarbon groups having 2 to 40, 2 to 20, 2 to 10, or 2 to 5 carbon atoms and at least one triple carbon to carbon bond, such as ethynyl. Reference to "alkynyl" or “alkynyl group” includes unsubstituted and substituted forms of the hydrocarbon moiety.
The term “cycloalkynyl” as used herein is a non-aromatic carbon-based ring composed of at least seven carbon atoms and containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bound. Examples of cycloalkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclooctynyl, cyclononynyl, and the like. The term “heterocycloalkynyl” is a type of cycloalkenyl group as defined above and is included within the meaning of the term “cycloalkynyl,” where at least one of the carbon atoms of the ring is replaced with a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, or phosphorus. The cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The cycloalkynyl group and heterocycloalkynyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including, but not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aldehyde, amino, carboxylic acid, ester, ether, halide, hydroxy, ketone, azide, nitro, silyl, sulfo-oxo, or thiol as described herein.
The Ar (e.g., An, An, etc) group is an aromatic system or group such as an aryl group. “Aryl”, as used herein, refers to Cs-C2o-membered aromatic, heterocyclic, fused aromatic, fused heterocyclic, biaromatic, or bihetereocyclic ring systems. In an aspect, “aryl”, can include 5-, 6-, 7-, 8-, 9-, and 10-membered single-ring aromatic groups that may include from zero to four heteroatoms, for example, functional groups that correspond to benzene, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, triazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine and pyrimidine, and the like. Those aryl groups having heteroatoms in the ring structure may also be referred to as “aryl heterocycles” or “heteroaromatics”. The aromatic ring can be substituted at one or more ring positions with one or more substituents including, but not limited to, halogen, azide, alkyl, aralkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, amino (or quaternized amino), nitro, sulfhydryl, imino, amido, phosphonate, phosphinate, carbonyl, carboxyl, silyl, ether, alkylthio, sulfonyl, sulfonamido, ketone, aldehyde, ester, heterocyclyl, aromatic or heteroaromatic moieties, -CF3, -CN; and combinations thereof.
The term “aryl” also includes polycyclic ring systems (C5-C30) having two or more cyclic rings in which two or more carbons are common to two adjoining rings (i.e. , “fused rings”) wherein at least one of the rings is aromatic, e.g., the other cyclic ring or rings can be cycloalkyls, cycloalkenyls, cycloalkynyls, aryls and/or heterocycles. Examples of heterocyclic rings include, but are not limited to, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolinyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolinyl, carbazolyl, 4aH carbazolyl, carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H,6H- 1 ,5,2-dithiazinyl, dihydrofuro[2,3 b]tetrahydrofuran, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, 1 H-indazolyl, indolenyl, indolinyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, 3H-indolyl, isatinoyl, isobenzofuranyl, isochromanyl, isoindazolyl, isoindolinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, methylenedioxyphenyl, morpholinyl, naphthyridinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxindolyl, pyrimidinyl, phenanthridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxathinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, piperidonyl, 4-piperidonyl, piperonyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridooxazole, pyridoimidazole, pyridothiazole, pyridinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrazolyl, 6H-1 ,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 1,2,3- thiadiazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1 ,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1 ,3,4-thiadiazolyl, thianthrenyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thienothiazolyl, thienooxazolyl, thienoimidazolyl, thiophenyl and xanthenyl. One or more of the rings can be substituted as defined above for “aryl”.
In some aspects, a structure of a compound can be represented by a formula:
Figure imgf000013_0001
which is understood to be equivalent to a formula:
Figure imgf000013_0002
wherein n is typically an integer. That is, Rn is understood to represent five independent substituents, Rn(a), Rn(b), Rn(c), Rn(d), and Rn(e). By “independent substituents,” it is meant that each R substituent can be independently defined. For example, if in one instance Rn(a) is halogen, then Rn(b) is not necessarily halogen in that instance.
The term "carboxyl" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to -C(O)OR25- or -C(-O)OR25 wherein R25 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, amino, thiol, aryl, heteroaryl, thioalkyl, thioaryl, thioalkoxy, a heteroaryl, or a heterocyclic, which may optionally be substituted. In aspects of the disclosure, the carboxyl groups are in an esterified form and may contain as an esterifying group lower alkyl groups. In particular aspects of the disclosure, -C(O)OR25 provides an ester or an amino acid derivative. An esterified form is also particularly referred to herein as a "carboxylic ester". In aspects of the disclosure a "carboxyl" may be substituted, in particular substituted with allyl which is optionally substituted with one or more of amino, amine, halo, alkylamino, aryl, carboxyl, or a heterocyclic. Examples of carboxyl groups are methoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl, tert.alkoxycarbonyl such as tert-butoxycarbonyl, arylmethyoxycarbonyl having one or two aryl radicals including without limitation phenyl optionally substituted by for example lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, hydroxyl, halo, and/or nitro, such as benzyloxycarbonyl, methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, diphenylmethoxycarbonyl, 2-bromoethoxycarbonyl, 2- iodoethoxycarbonyltert.butylcarborlyl, 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, diphenylmethoxy-carbonyl, benzhydroxycarbonyl, di-(4-methoxyphenyl-methoxycarbonyl, 2-bromoethoxycarbonyl, 2- iodoethoxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl, or 2-triphenylsilylethoxycarbonyl. Additional carboxyl groups in esterified form are silyloxycarbonyl groups including organic silyloxycarbonyl. The silicon substituent in such compounds may be substituted with lower alkyl (e.g. methyl), alkoxy (e.g. methoxy), and/or halo (e.g. chlorine). Examples of silicon substituents include trimethylsilyi and dimethyltert. butylsilyl. In aspects of the disclosure, the carboxyl group may be an alkoxy carbonyl, in particular methoxy carbonyl, ethoxy carbonyl, isopropoxy carbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, t-pentyloxycarbonyl, sir heptyloxy carbonyl, especially methoxy carbonyl or ethoxy carbonyl.
The term “ester” as used herein is represented by the formula -OC(O)A1 or - C(O)OA1, where A1 can be alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group as described herein.
The term “ether” as used herein is represented by the formula A1OA2, where A1 and A2 can be, independently, an alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group described herein.
The term "composition" as used herein refers to a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts. Such a term in relation to a pharmaceutical composition is intended to encompass a product comprising the active ingredient(s), and the inert ingredient(s) that make up the carrier, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination, complexation, or aggregation of any two or more of the ingredients, or from dissociation of one or more of the ingredients, or from other types of reactions or interactions of one or more of the ingredients. Accordingly, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure encompass any composition made by admixing a compound of the present disclosure and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
When a compound of the present disclosure is used contemporaneously with one or more other drugs, a pharmaceutical composition containing such other drugs in addition to the compound of the present disclosure is contemplated. Accordingly, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure include those that also contain one or more other active ingredients, in addition to a compound of the present disclosure. The weight ratio of the compound of the present disclosure to the second active ingredient may be varied and will depend upon the effective dose of each ingredient. Generally, an effective dose of each will be used. Thus, for example, but not intended to be limiting, when a compound of the present disclosure is combined with another agent, the weight ratio of the compound of the present disclosure to the other agent will generally range from about 1000:1 to about 1:1000, preferably about 200:1 to about 1 :200. Combinations of a compound of the present disclosure and other active ingredients will generally also be within the aforementioned range, but in each case, an effective dose of each active ingredient should be used. In such combinations the compound of the present disclosure and other active agents may be administered separately or in conjunction. In addition, the administration of one element may be prior to, concurrent to, or subsequent to the administration of other agent(s). A composition of the disclosure can be a liquid solution, suspension, emulsion, tablet, pill, capsule, sustained release formulation, or powder. The compositions can be formulated as a suppository, with traditional binders and carriers such as triglycerides. Oral formulations can include standard carriers such as pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc. Various delivery systems are known and can be used to administer a composition of the disclosure, e.g. encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, and the like.
A therapeutic composition of the disclosure may comprise a carrier, such as one or more of a polymer, carbohydrate, peptide or derivative thereof, which may be directly or indirectly covalently attached to the compound. A carrier may be substituted with substituents described herein including without limitation one or more alkyl, amino, nitro, halogen, thiol, thioalkyl, sulfate, sulfonyl, sulfinyl, sulfoxide, hydroxyl groups. In aspects of the disclosure the carrier is an amino acid including alanine, glycine, praline, methionine, serine, threonine, asparagine, alanyl-alanyl, prolyl-methionyl, or glycyl-glycyl. A carrier can also include a molecule that targets a compound of the disclosure to a particular tissue or organ.
Compounds of the disclosure can be prepared using reactions and methods generally known to the person of ordinary skill in the art, having regard to that knowledge and the disclosure of this application including the Examples. The reactions are performed in solvent appropriate to the reagents and materials used and suitable for the reactions being effected. It will be understood by those skilled in the art of organic synthesis that the functionality present on the compounds should be consistent with the proposed reaction steps. This will sometimes require modification of the order of the synthetic steps or selection of one particular process scheme over another in order to obtain a desired compound of the disclosure. It will also be recognized that another major consideration in the development of a synthetic route is the selection of the protecting group used for protection of the reactive functional groups present in the compounds described in this disclosure. An authoritative account describing the many alternatives to the skilled artisan is Greene and Wuts (Protective Groups In Organic Synthesis, Wiley and Sons, 1991).
A compound of the disclosure may be formulated into a pharmaceutical composition for administration to a subject by appropriate methods known in the art. Pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure or fractions thereof comprise suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, and vehicles selected based on the intended form of administration, and consistent with conventional pharmaceutical practices. Suitable pharmaceutical carriers, excipients, and vehicles are described in the standard text, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (21.sup.st Edition. 2005, University of the Sciences in Philadelphia (Editor), Mack Publishing Company), and in The United States Pharmacopeia: The National Formulary (USP 24 NF19) published in 1999. By way of example for oral administration in the form of a capsule or tablet, the active components can be combined with an oral, non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable inert carrier such as lactose, starch, sucrose, methyl cellulose, magnesium stearate, glucose, calcium sulfate, dicalcium phosphate, mannitol, sorbitol, and the like. For oral administration in a liquid form, the chug components may be combined with any oral, non-toxic, pharmaceutically, acceptable inert carrier such as ethanol, glycerol, water, and the like. Suitable binders (e.g., gelatin, starch, corn sweeteners, natural sugars including glucose; natural and synthetic gums, and waxes), lubricants (e.g. sodium oleate, sodium stearate, magnesium stearate, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, and sodium chloride), disintegrating agents (e.g. starch, methyl cellulose, agar, bentonite, and xanthan gum), flavoring agents, and coloring agents may also be combined in the compositions or components thereof. Compositions as described herein can further comprise wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents.
The terms "subject", "individual", or "patient" as used herein are used interchangeably and refer to an animal preferably a warm-blooded animal such as a mammal. Mammal includes without limitation any members of the Mammalia. A mammal, as a subject or patient in the present disclosure, can be from the family of Primates, Carnivora, Proboscidea, Perissodactyla, Artiodactyla, Rodentia, and Lagomorpha. In a particular embodiment, the mammal is a human. In other embodiments, animals can be treated; the animals can be vertebrates, including both birds and mammals. In aspects of the disclosure, the terms include domestic animals bred for food or as pets, including equines, bovines, sheep, poultry, fish, porcines, canines, felines, and zoo animals, goats, apes (e.g. gorilla or chimpanzee), and rodents such as rats and mice.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" as used herein refers to a diluent, adjuvant, excipient, or vehicle with which a probe of the disclosure is administered and which is approved by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia for use in animals, and more particularly in humans. Such pharmaceutical carriers can be liquids, such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil and the like. The pharmaceutical carriers can be saline, gum acacia, gelatin, starch paste, talc, keratin, colloidal silica, urea, and the like. When administered to a patient, the probe and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be sterile. Water is a useful carrier when the probe is administered intravenously. Saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can also be employed as liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions. Suitable pharmaceutical carriers also include excipients such as glucose, lactose, sucrose, glycerol monostearate, sodium chloride, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol and the like. The present compositions, if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents. The present compositions advantageously may take the form of solutions, emulsion, sustained-release formulations, or any other form suitable for use. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers may also include a dentifrice.
The term “dentifrice” or “dentifrice composition” refers to products used for purposes of administering therapeutic agent(s) to the oral cavity of a subject, during which time they are retained in the oral cavity for a time sufficient to allow for contact with substantially all surfaces of the teeth and/or oral tissues. A dentifrice composition may be in the form of a paste, powder, liquid, mouthwash, mouth rinse, chewing gum, tablet, cream, dental strips, gels, flosses, and the like.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable" as used herein refers to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Additionally, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable” describes a material that is not biologically or otherwise undesirable, i.e., without causing an unacceptable level of undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner.
As used herein, the terms “effective amount” and “amount effective” refer to an amount that is sufficient to achieve the desired result or to have an effect on an undesired condition or prevention of a disease or condition (e.g., biofilms, dental caries) or enhance and/or tune the immune system of the subject to the desirable responses (e.g., to Streptococcus mutans (S. mutans)). For example, a “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount that is sufficient to achieve the desired therapeutic result or to have an effect on undesired symptoms or prevention of a disease or condition (e.g., biofilms, dental caries) and/or tune the immune system of the subject to the desirable responses but is generally insufficient to cause adverse side effects. The specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration; the route of administration; the rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed and like factors well known in the medical arts. For example, it is well within the skill of the art to start doses of a compound at levels lower than those required to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and to gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved. If desired, the effective daily dose can be divided into multiple doses for purposes of administration. Consequently, single dose compositions can contain such amounts or submultiples thereof to make up the daily dose. The dosage can be adjusted by the individual physician in the event of any contraindications. Dosage can vary, and can be administered in one or more dose administrations daily, for one or several days. Guidance can be found in the literature for appropriate dosages for given classes of pharmaceutical products.
As used herein, the terms "treating” and "treatment" can refer generally to obtaining a desired pharmacological and/or physiological effect. The effect can be, but does not necessarily have to be, prophylactic in terms of preventing or partially preventing a disease, symptom or condition thereof (e.g., biofilms, dental caries), such as infections and consequences thereof and/or tuning the immune system of the subject to the desirable responses (e.g., to Streptococcus mutans (S. mutans)). The effect can be therapeutic in terms of a partial or complete cure of a disease, condition, symptom or adverse effect attributed to the disease, disorder, or condition. The term "treatment" as used herein can include any treatment of infections in a subject, particularly a human and can include any one or more of the following: (a) preventing the disease from occurring in a subject which may be predisposed to the disease or infection but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; (b) inhibiting the disease or infection, i.e. , arresting its development; and (c) relieving the disease or infection i.e., mitigating or ameliorating the disease and/or its symptoms or conditions, (d) and/or tune the immune system of the subject to the desirable responses (e.g., to Streptococcus mutans (S. mutans)). The term "treatment" as used herein can refer to both therapeutic treatment alone, prophylactic treatment alone, or both therapeutic and prophylactic treatment. Those in need of treatment (subjects in need thereof) can include those already with the disorder and/or those in which the disorder is to be prevented. As used herein, the term "treating", can include inhibiting the disease, disorder or condition, e.g., impeding its progress; and relieving the disease, disorder, or condition, e.g., causing regression of the disease, disorder and/or condition, and/or tuning the immune system of the subject to the desirable responses (e.g., to Streptococcus mutans (S. mutans)). Treating the disease, disorder, or condition can include ameliorating at least one symptom of the particular disease, disorder, or condition, even if the underlying pathophysiology is not affected, e.g., such as treating the pain of a subject by administration of an analgesic agent even though such agent does not treat the cause of the pain.
As used herein, “therapeutic” can refer to treating, healing, and/or ameliorating a disease, disorder, condition (e.g., biofilms, dental caries), or side effect, or to decreasing in the rate of advancement of a disease, disorder, condition, or side effect and/or tuning the immune system of the subject to the desirable responses (e.g., to Streptococcus mutans (S. mutans)).
The term “pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug” or “prodrug” represents those prodrugs of the compounds of the present disclosure which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and effective for their intended use. Prodrugs of the present disclosure can be rapidly transformed in vivo to a parent compound having a structure of a disclosed compound, for example, by hydrolysis in blood. A thorough discussion is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, V. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Edward B. Roche, ed., Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press (1987).
Discussion
The present disclosure provides for compositions including aurone-based small molecules encapsulated into hydrogel particles. The disclosure also provides for pharmaceutical compositions including the hydrogel encapsulated aurones and methods of use of the hydrogel encapsulated aurones. Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure can be used in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents for treating biofilms, such as Streptococcus mutans (S. mutans) biofilm, dental caries, and other diseases. For example, compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure can be used to selectively target S. mutans biofilm and S. mutans biofilm formation without affecting the growth of oral commensal bacteria.
In one aspect, the aurone-based small molecules can have the following structure:
Figure imgf000019_0001
1 to 5 Ri groups can be present in the structure above, and each Ri can independently be hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkoxyl group, or OH. In another aspect, each Ri can independently be hydrogen, methoxy, or OH. In an aspect, 1 , 2, or 3 Ri groups can be present. For example, Ri can be H or OH, or the structure can include two Ri groups each being -OMe or OH, or the structure can include three Ri groups each being -OMe or OH. R2 can be hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkoxyl group, or OH.
1 to 5 R3 groups can be present in the structure above, and each R3 can independently be hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted C1 -C3 alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkoxyl group, or OH. In another aspect, each R3 can independently be hydrogen, methoxy, or OH. In an aspect, 1, 2, or 3 R3 groups can be present. Illustrative compounds are shown in Figures 1.2A, 1.2B, and 2.1. Methods of forming these compounds are provided for in Example 1 and 2.
In an aspect, the hydrogel particles can include multiple layers of a polymer or copolymer, where a plurality of aurone-based small molecules can be within the polymer or copolymer. In another aspect, the polymer or co-polymer can form a vesicle that can include a plurality of aurone-based small molecules disposed within the vesical and/or within the polymer or co-polymer.
In an aspect, the hydrogel particles can be comprised of multiple layers of a crosslinked biocompatible polymer. The number of polymer layers can range 3 to 7, 4 to 7, 4 to 6, or 5 to 7. In some embodiments, the number of polymer layers is 5. The hydrogel can further comprise pH-sensitive cross-linkers including, but not limited to, ethylene diamine, cystamine, dithiobis(succinimidyl propionate), adipic acid dihydrazide, or any combination thereof. In some aspects, the polymer can be a carboxylic acid-based polymer, for example poly(methacrylic acid) (PMAA). The weight of the cross-linked PMAA can range from about 10 kDa to 400 kDa, about 20 to 300 kDa, about 30 to 200 kDa, about 40 to 150 kDa, or about 50 to 100 kDa. The hydrogel particle size (e.g., diameter) can be precisely selected. For example, the hydrogel particles can have diameter of about 1 to 10 pm, about 3 to 8 pm, about 4 to 6 pm, about 2 to 5 pm, or about 5 to 9 pm. More specifically, the particle diameter can be about 1 pm, 2 pm, 3 pm, 4 pm, 5 pm, 6 pm, 7 pm, 8 pm, 9 pm, or 10 pm. In some aspects, the hydrogel particles can be cubic in shape. The loading capacity of the hydrogel particles can range from about 0.003 to about 0.008 ng of aurone-based small molecule per particle or about 0.004 to about 0.007 ng of aurone-based small molecule per particle. Additional details are provided in Example 1.
In an aspect, the hydrogel particle can be a vesical that includes the aurone-based small molecules within the vesical and/or on the polymer or co-polymer that forms the vesicle. The vesical can include polymer or co-polymers of poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone) (PVPON) and poly(dimethylsiloxane) (PDMS). The weight of the polymer or co-polymer can range from about 10 kDa to 400 kDa, about 20 to 300 kDa, about 30 to 200 kDa, about 40 to 150 kDa, or about 50 to 100 kDa. The hydrogel particles size (e.g., diameter) can be precisely selected. For example, the hydrogel particles can have diameter of about 20 to 50 nm, about 25 to 45 nm, or about 30 nm. In an aspect, the hydrogen particle can be made of pH-responsive block copolymer vesicles to generate polymersome-encapsulated biofilm inhibitors. In an aspect, the polymersome is made from a poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone)8-b/oc - poly(dimethylsiloxane)64-Woc -poly(N-vinyl-pyrrolidone)8 (PVPON8-PDMS64-PVPON8) triblock copolymer. Additional details are provided in Example 2.
The pharmaceutical compositions provided for in this disclosure can include a therapeutically effective amount of hydrogel encapsulated aurones to treat a condition (e.g., dental caries) in a subject (e.g., animal or human subject). In some aspects, the pharmaceutical composition also includes a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutically acceptable carrier can be a dentifrice. The present disclosure also provides for methods of treating dental caries, biofilms, and the like by contacting a biofilm or a cell capable of forming a biofilm with a therapeutically effective amount of the hydrogel encapsulated aurone composition or pharmaceutical composition. In some aspects, the cell capable of forming the biofilm is S. mutans.
Pharmaceutical Formulations and Routes of Administration
Embodiments of the present disclosure include the agent (e.g., hydrogel encapsulated aurones) as identified herein and can be formulated with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, diluents, carriers and/or adjuvants. In addition, embodiments of the present disclosure include the agent formulated with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances. In particular the agent can be formulated with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, diluents, carriers, and/or adjuvants to provide an embodiment of a composition of the present disclosure.
A wide variety of pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are known in the art. Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients have been amply described in a variety of publications, including, for example, A. Gennaro (2000) “Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy,” 20th edition, Lippincott, Williams, & Wilkins; Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems (1999) H.C. Ansel et al., eds., 7th ed., Lippincott, Williams, & Wilkins; and Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients (2000) A.H. Kibbe et al., eds., 3rd ed. Amer. Pharmaceutical Assoc.
The pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, such as vehicles, adjuvants, carriers or diluents, are readily available to the public. Moreover, pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances, such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, tonicity adjusting agents, stabilizers, wetting agents and the like, are readily available to the public.
In an embodiment of the present disclosure, the agent can be administered to the subject using any means capable of resulting in the desired effect. Thus, the agent can be incorporated into a variety of formulations for therapeutic administration. For example, the agent can be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions by combination with appropriate, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or diluents, and may be formulated into preparations in solid, semi-solid, liquid or gaseous forms, such as tablets, capsules, powders, granules, ointments, solutions, suppositories, injections, inhalants and aerosols.
In pharmaceutical dosage forms, the agent may be administered in the form of its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or a subject active composition may be used alone or in appropriate association, as well as in combination, with other pharmaceutically active compounds. The following methods and excipients are merely exemplary and are in no way limiting.
For oral preparations, the agent can be used alone or in combination with appropriate additives to make tablets, powders, granules or capsules, for example, with conventional additives, such as lactose, mannitol, corn starch or potato starch; with binders, such as crystalline cellulose, cellulose derivatives, acacia, corn starch or gelatins; with disintegrators, such as corn starch, potato starch or sodium carboxymethylcellulose; with lubricants, such as talc or magnesium stearate; and if desired, with diluents, buffering agents, moistening agents, preservatives and flavoring agents.
Embodiments of the agent can be formulated into preparations for injection by dissolving, suspending or emulsifying them in an aqueous or nonaqueous solvent, such as vegetable or other similar oils, synthetic aliphatic acid glycerides, esters of higher aliphatic acids or propylene glycol; and if desired, with conventional additives such as solubilizers, isotonic agents, suspending agents, emulsifying agents, stabilizers and preservatives.
Embodiments of the agent can be utilized in aerosol formulation to be administered via inhalation. Embodiments of the agent can be formulated into pressurized acceptable propellants such as dichlorodifluoromethane, propane, nitrogen and the like.
Furthermore, embodiments of the agent can be made into suppositories by mixing with a variety of bases such as emulsifying bases or water-soluble bases. Embodiments of the agent can be administered rectally via a suppository. The suppository can include vehicles such as cocoa butter, carbowaxes and polyethylene glycols, which melt at body temperature, yet are solidified at room temperature.
Unit dosage forms for oral or rectal administration, such as syrups, elixirs, and suspensions, may be provided wherein each dosage unit, for example, teaspoonful, tablespoonful, tablet or suppository, contains a predetermined amount of the composition containing one or more compositions. Similarly, unit dosage forms for injection or intravenous administration may comprise the agent in a composition as a solution in sterile water, normal saline or another pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Embodiments of the agent can be formulated in an injectable composition in accordance with the disclosure. Typically, injectable compositions are prepared as liquid solutions or suspensions; solid forms suitable for solution in, or suspension in, liquid vehicles prior to injection may also be prepared. The preparation may also be emulsified or the active ingredient (triamino-pyridine derivative and/or the labeled triamino-pyridine derivative) encapsulated in liposome vehicles in accordance with the present disclosure.
In an embodiment, the agent can be formulated for delivery by a continuous delivery system. The term “continuous delivery system” is used interchangeably herein with “controlled delivery system” and encompasses continuous (e.g., controlled) delivery devices (e.g., pumps) in combination with catheters, injection devices, and the like, a wide variety of which are known in the art.
Mechanical or electromechanical infusion pumps can also be suitable for use with the present disclosure. Examples of such devices include those described in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,692,147; 4,360,019; 4,487,603; 4,360,019; 4,725,852; 5,820,589; 5,643,207; 6,198,966; and the like. In general, delivery of the agent can be accomplished using any of a variety of refillable, pump systems. Pumps provide consistent, controlled release over time. In some embodiments, the agent can be in a liquid formulation in a drug-impermeable reservoir, and is delivered in a continuous fashion to the individual.
In one embodiment, the drug delivery system is an at least partially implantable device. The implantable device can be implanted at any suitable implantation site using methods and devices well known in the art. An implantation site is a site within the body of a subject at which a drug delivery device is introduced and positioned. Implantation sites include, but are not necessarily limited to, a subdermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, or other suitable site within a subject's body. Subcutaneous implantation sites are used in some embodiments because of convenience in implantation and removal of the drug delivery device.
Drug release devices suitable for use in the disclosure may be based on any of a variety of modes of operation. For example, the drug release device can be based upon a diffusive system, a convective system, or an erodible system (e.g., an erosion-based system). For example, the drug release device can be an electrochemical pump, osmotic pump, an electroosmotic pump, a vapor pressure pump, or osmotic bursting matrix, e.g., where the drug is incorporated into a polymer and the polymer provides for release of drug formulation concomitant with degradation of a drug-impregnated polymeric material (e.g., a biodegradable, drug-impregnated polymeric material). In other embodiments, the drug release device is based upon an electrodiffusion system, an electrolytic pump, an effervescent pump, a piezoelectric pump, a hydrolytic system, etc.
Drug release devices based upon a mechanical or electromechanical infusion pump can also be suitable for use with the present disclosure. Examples of such devices include those described in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,692,147; 4,360,019; 4,487,603; 4,360,019; 4,725,852, and the like. In general, a subject treatment method can be accomplished using any of a variety of refillable, non-exchangeable pump systems. Pumps and other convective systems are generally preferred due to their generally more consistent, controlled release over time. Osmotic pumps are used in some embodiments due to their combined advantages of more consistent controlled release and relatively small size (see, e.g., PCT published application no. WO 97/27840 and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,985,305 and 5,728,396). Exemplary osmotically-driven devices suitable for use in the disclosure include, but are not necessarily limited to, those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,760,984; 3,845,770; 3,916,899; 3,923,426; 3,987,790; 3,995,631 ; 3,916,899; 4,016,880; 4,036,228; 4,111,202; 4,111,203; 4,203,440; 4,203,442; 4,210,139; 4,327,725; 4,627,850; 4,865,845; 5,057,318; 5,059,423; 5,112,614; 5,137,727; 5,234,692; 5,234,693; 5,728,396; and the like.
In some embodiments, the drug delivery device is an implantable device. The drug delivery device can be implanted at any suitable implantation site using methods and devices well known in the art. As noted herein, an implantation site is a site within the body of a subject at which a drug delivery device is introduced and positioned. Implantation sites include, but are not necessarily limited to a subdermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, or other suitable site within a subject's body.
In some embodiments, the agent can be delivered using an implantable drug delivery system, e.g., a system that is programmable to provide for administration of the agent. Exemplary programmable, implantable systems include implantable infusion pumps. Exemplary implantable infusion pumps, or devices useful in connection with such pumps, are described in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,350,155; 5,443,450; 5,814,019; 5,976,109; 6,017,328; 6,171 ,276; 6,241,704; 6,464,687; 6,475,180; and 6,512,954. A further exemplary device that can be adapted for the present disclosure is the Synchromed infusion pump (Medtronic).
Suitable excipient vehicles for the agent are, for example, water, saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol, or the like, and combinations thereof. In addition, if desired, the vehicle may contain minor amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents or pH buffering agents. Methods of preparing such dosage forms are known, or will be apparent upon consideration of this disclosure, to those skilled in the art. See, e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pennsylvania, 17th edition, 1985. The composition or formulation to be administered will, in any event, contain a quantity of the agent adequate to achieve the desired state in the subject being treated.
Compositions of the present disclosure can include those that comprise a sustained- release or controlled release matrix. In addition, embodiments of the present disclosure can be used in conjunction with other treatments that use sustained-release formulations. As used herein, a sustained-release matrix is a matrix made of materials, usually polymers, which are degradable by enzymatic or acid-based hydrolysis or by dissolution. Once inserted into the body, the matrix is acted upon by enzymes and body fluids. A sustained- release matrix desirably is chosen from biocompatible materials such as liposomes, polylactides (polylactic acid), polyglycolide (polymer of glycolic acid), polylactide co-glycolide (copolymers of lactic acid and glycolic acid), polyanhydrides, poly(ortho)esters, polypeptides, hyaluronic acid, collagen, chondroitin sulfate, carboxcylic acids, fatty acids, phospholipids, polysaccharides, nucleic acids, polyamino acids, amino acids such as phenylalanine, tyrosine, isoleucine, polynucleotides, polyvinyl propylene, polyvinylpyrrolidone and silicone. Illustrative biodegradable matrices include a polylactide matrix, a polyglycolide matrix, and a polylactide co-glycolide (co-polymers of lactic acid and glycolic acid) matrix.
In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure (as well as combination compositions) can be delivered in a controlled release system. For example, the agent may be administered using intravenous infusion, an implantable osmotic pump, a transdermal patch, liposomes, or other modes of administration. In one embodiment, a pump may be used (Sefton (1987). CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:201; Buchwald et al. (1980). Surgery 88:507; Saudek et al. (1989). N. Engl. J. Med. 321 :574). In another embodiment, polymeric materials are used. In yet another embodiment a controlled release system is placed in proximity of the therapeutic target thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose. In yet another embodiment, a controlled release system is placed in proximity of the therapeutic target, thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic. Other controlled release systems are discussed in the review by Langer (1990). Science 249:1527- 1533.
In another embodiment, the compositions of the present disclosure (as well as combination compositions separately or together) include those formed by impregnation of the agent described herein into absorptive materials, such as sutures, bandages, and gauze, or coated onto the surface of solid phase materials, such as surgical staples, zippers and catheters to deliver the compositions. Other delivery systems of this type will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art in view of the instant disclosure.
Dosages
Embodiments of the agent (e.g., hydrogel encapsulated aurones) can be administered to a subject in one or more doses. Those of skill will readily appreciate that dose levels can vary as a function of the specific the agent administered, the severity of the symptoms and the susceptibility of the subject to side effects. Preferred dosages for a given compound are readily determinable by those of skill in the art by a variety of means.
In an embodiment, multiple doses of the agent are administered. The frequency of administration of the agent can vary depending on any of a variety of factors, e.g., severity of the symptoms, and the like. For example, in an embodiment, the agent can be administered once per month, twice per month, three times per month, every other week (qow), once per week (qw), twice per week (biw), three times per week (tiw), four times per week, five times per week, six times per week, every other day (qod), daily (qd), twice a day (qid), or three times a day (tid). As discussed above, in an embodiment, theagent is administered continuously.
The duration of administration of the agent, e.g., the period of time over the agent is administered, can vary, depending on any of a variety of factors, e.g., patient response, etc. For example, the agent in combination or separately, can be administered over a period of time of about one day to one week, about two weeks to four weeks, about one month to two months, about two months to four months, about four months to six months, about six months to eight months, about eight months to 1 year, about 1 year to 2 years, or about 2 years to 4 years, or more.
Dosage at concentrations as high as 60 micrograms/kilograms that are non-toxic. Also lower concentrations, such as 1-4 micrograms/kilogram, show biological activity in in vivo systems. The concentration in in vitro established at 109-1 O’6 M are active and this concentration is expected to be achieved in the cell environment. (See Slominski AT, Janjetovic Z, Fuller BE, Zmijewski MA, Tuckey RC, et al. (2010) Products of vitamin D3 or 7- dehydrocholesterol metabolism by cytochrome P450scc show anti-leukemia effects, having low or absent calcemic activity. PLoS ONE 5(3): e990; Slominski AT, Kim T-K., Janjetovic Z, Tuckey RC, Bieniek, R, Yue Y, Li W, Chen J, Miller D, Chen T, Holick M (2011) 20- hydroxyvitamin D2 is a non-calcemic analog of vitamin D with potent antiproliferative and prodifferentiation activities in normal and malignant cells. Am J Physiol: Cell Physiol 300:C526-C541 ; Wang J, Slominski AT, Tuckey RC, Janjetovic Z, Kulkarni A, Chen J, Postlethwaite A, Miller D, Li W (2012) 20-Hydroxylvitamin D3 possesses high efficacy against proliferation of cancer cells while being non-toxic. Anticancer Res 32: 739-746; Slominski A, Janjetovic Z, Tuckey RC, Nguyen MN, Bhattacharya KG, Wang J, Li W, Jiao Y, Gu W, Brown M, Postlethwaite AE (2013) 20-hydroxyvitamin D3, noncalcemic product of CYP11A1 action on vitamin D3, exhibits potent antifibrogenic activity in vivo. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 98, E298-E30; Chen, J., J. Wang, T. Kim, E. Tieu, E. Tamg, Lin Z, D. Kovacic, D. Miller, A. Postlethwaite, R. Tuckey, A. Slominski and W. Li (2014). Novel Vitamin D Analogs as Potential Therapeutics: The Metabolism, Toxicity Profiling, and Antiproliferative Activity. Anticancer Res 34: 2153-2163.)
In an aspect, the dosage for administering to a subject (e.g., a mammal such as a human) having a condition (e.g., COVID-19) of any single agent the present disclosure is about 2 to 60 micrograms/kilogram or a combination of agents, each agent can be about 2 to 60 micrograms/kilogram.
Routes of Administration
Embodiments of the present disclosure provide methods and compositions for the administration of the agent (e.g., hydrogel encapsulated aurones) to a subject (e.g., a human) using any available method and route suitable for drug delivery, including in vivo and ex vivo methods, as well as systemic and localized routes of administration.
Routes of administration include intranasal, intramuscular, intratracheal, subcutaneous, intradermal, topical application, intravenous, rectal, nasal, oral, and other enteral and parenteral routes of administration. Routes of administration may be combined, if desired, or adjusted depending upon the agent and/or the desired effect. An agent can be administered in a single dose or in multiple doses.
Embodiments of the agent can be administered to a subject using available conventional methods and routes suitable for delivery of conventional drugs, including systemic or localized routes. In general, routes of administration contemplated by the disclosure include, but are not limited to, enteral, parenteral, or inhalational routes.
Parenteral routes of administration other than inhalation administration include, but are not limited to, topical, transdermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intraorbital, intracapsular, intraspinal, intrasternal, and intravenous routes, i.e., any route of administration other than through the alimentary canal. Parenteral administration can be conducted to effect systemic or local delivery of the agent. Where systemic delivery is desired, administration typically involves invasive or systemically absorbed topical or mucosal administration of pharmaceutical preparations.
In an embodiment, the agent can also be delivered to the subject by enteral administration. Enteral routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral and rectal (e.g., using a suppository) delivery.
Methods of administration of the agent through the skin or mucosa include, but are not limited to, topical application of a suitable pharmaceutical preparation, transdermal transmission, injection and epidermal administration. For transdermal transmission, absorption promoters or iontophoresis are suitable methods, lontophoretic transmission may be accomplished using commercially available "patches" that deliver their product continuously via electric pulses through unbroken skin for periods of several days or more.
While embodiments of the present disclosure are described in connection with the Examples and the corresponding text and figures, there is no intent to limit the disclosure to the embodiments in these descriptions. On the contrary, the intent is to cover all alternatives, modifications, and equivalents included within the spirit and scope of embodiments of the present disclosure.
While embodiments of the present disclosure are described in connection with the Examples and the corresponding text and figures, there is no intent to limit the disclosure to the embodiments in these descriptions. On the contrary, the intent is to cover all alternatives, modifications, and equivalents included within the spirit and scope of embodiments of the present disclosure. EXAMPLE 1
Most tooth and gum related diseases are associated with bacterial infections. Among these, dental caries (tooth decay) is a ubiquitous disease that affects much of the human population. Dental caries is a multifactorial disease that causes localized destruction of susceptible dental tissues 1. Dental caries is identified as the most prevalent disease worldwide in a recent Lancet study of global burden of 328 major diseases 2. Despite its general classification as a ‘life-style-related’ disease, dental caries poses a significant challenge as it results in tooth loss, infection, and in some cases, even death by sepsis 3 4. Current treatments for this disease have severe limitations. The conventional oral hygiene practices such as brushing or mouthwashes are not highly effective due to the rapid recolonization of the bacteria 5. Fluoride sealants and varnishes are commonly used to prevent dental caries in children 6. While there is a general consensus on the safety of fluoride treatments 7, their high fluoride content (1-5 %) and potential neurotoxic effects are a concern 8. The antimicrobial agents used in mouthwashes such as chlorhexidine, xylitol, silver diamine fluoride and delmopinol lack selectivity, affecting both pathogenic and commensal beneficial species alike giving rise to undesired side effects such as vomiting, diarrhea, addiction, or teeth discoloration 9. In addition, the biofilm nature of cariogenic bacteria makes it resistant to traditional anti-microbial treatments 10. A few preventive and therapeutic strategies are under investigation by targeting different virulent determinants of S. mutans 11. However, small molecules derived from natural products that possess antibacterial activities and antibiofilm properties are randomly identified inhibitors that lack selectivity towards pathogenic biofilms and the in vivo applications of these inhibitors are unclear 12.
Dental plaque comprises more than 700 bacterial species living in complex communities called biofilms 4. It is initiated by the attachment of commensal streptococci such as Streptococcus sanguinis and Streptococcus gordonii to the saliva-coated tooth surface, which then engage in developing intra- and inter-species bacterial interactions 13. Under disease conditions, the delicate balance between commensal and pathogenic members of the plaque bacteria is disturbed, leading to an overgrowth of pathogenic species 14. Streptococcus mutans has been implicated as the major etiological agent in the initiation and propagation of this disease 15. The formation of tenacious biofilms is the hallmark of S. mutans induced cariogenesis. Therefore, the studies aimed at developing dental caries treatments should focus on identifying selective inhibitors of biofilms that do not affect the growth of oral commensal bacteria.
Major virulence factors of S. mutans that significantly contribute to its ability to form cariogenic biofilm are its extracellular glucosyl transferases (Gtfs) 16. Most strains of S. mutans harbor three distinct gtf genes expressing different Gtf activities. The genes gtfB and gtfD produce GtfB and GtfD enzymes respectively and synthesize predominantly waterinsoluble and soluble glucans 17 correspondingly, while gtfC, encodes for GtfC, an enzyme that synthesizes both water-insoluble and soluble glucans 18. S. mutans GtfB and GtfC are essential for glucan synthesis, bacterial colonization and cariogenesis. Therefore, small molecules inhibitors of S. mutans Gtfs 192021 have potential application in treating and preventing dental caries.
Many anti-biofilm agents display poor efficacy within the oral cavity due to poor solubility, inability to penetrate biofilms and lack of ability to retain in the locally infected areas. Given these challenges, antibacterial nanoparticles have generated recent interest due to their potential applications in anti-caries research. Examples of these are silver nanoparticles in the prevention of dental caries 22, farnesol and myricetin co-loaded nanoparticles to inhibit biofilms 23, pH responsive materials to deliver farnesol 24, porous silicon microparticles to mitigate cariogenic biofilm 25, ferumoxytol nanoparticles 26, poly(ethylenimine) 27 and chitosan nanoparticles 28 with strong antibacterial activity against S. mutans. Several nano systems for controlled release of anti-caries drugs have also been explored including mesoporous silica nanoparticle 29, liposome 30, halloysite nano-tube 31 , polyamidoamine 32 and dextran-coated Iron oxide nanoparticles (nanozymes) 33. Despite the flurry of these recent studies, none of these agents are translated for clinical use as their in vivo efficacies are either modest or not proven.
Under physiological conditions, the human salivary system maintains a healthy pH range of 6.0-7.5 in the oral cavity 34 using three buffer systems: 1) bicarbonate, 2) phosphate, and 3) salivary proteins 35. A salivary pH below 5.5 is potentially harmful to the hard and soft tissues in the oral cavity 36. Under pathogenic oral conditions, biofilms ferment dietary carbohydrates to produce acidic byproducts such as lactic acid, which decreases the pH and causes the demineralization of tooth enamel 37. Therefore, a drug that can specifically inhibit the biofilm delivered into the oral cavity in a pH-responsive manner would be highly desirable. Since the pH level in the oral cavity is critical for the demineralization of tooth enamel, our efforts were focused on developing a novel drug delivery system with built- in pH-sensitivity for the delivery of biofilm inhibitors as an anti-caries treatment. Our recent studies aimed at developing selective small molecule inhibitors of S. mutans biofilm targeted the S. mutans’ surface enzymes, Gtfs 19 20 21. These studies have resulted in the identification of two potent lead compounds G43 and IIIC5 (Fig. 1.1) 19. The goals of present study were to improve the solubility of the lead biofilm inhibitor IIIC5, to encapsulate the optimized lead in pH-responsive hydrogel microparticles and to explore its biofilm and growth inhibitory activities in vitro and anti-virulence activities in vivo. Results and discussion
Design and synthesis of biofilm inhibiting aurone compounds. Our initial efforts to prepare pH-responsive hydrogel encapsulated biofilm inhibitors using compounds G43 or IIIC5 did not yield the expected results due to the low solubility (10-25 .g/mL) of these inhibitors. Therefore, efforts were made to modify the structure of IIIC5 to improve solubility. Specifically, analogs of IIIC5 were prepared by substituting the benzofuran ring with a structurally similar aurone ring, removing the nitro, amide, and ester groups, and by introducing multiple hydrophilic OMe or OH groups on the phenyl ring. This study resulted in the identification of several aurone derivatives (MA1-6 and HA2-6, Fig. 1.2), of which the hydroxyaurones were found to have the desired solubility required for the hydrogel encapsulation while maintaining the potency and selectivity of biofilm inhibition.
Aurones are a class of organic compounds that are gaining interest in medicinal chemistry due to their biological activities and presence in natural products 38. Aurone natural products play an important role in the pigmentation of flowers and fruits 39. Their reported bioactivities range from antifungal activity 40, antifeedant activity 41 , tyrosinase inhibition 42, and antioxidant activity 43. In vitro antimicrobial activities of aurones and chaicones are widely reported 44. Biosynthetically, aurones are derived from chaicones 39. Therefore, a biomimetic synthetic approach was taken (Scheme 1 , Fig. 1.2B) to generate a small library of aurones (Fig. 2), which includes one aurone derivative with an unsubstituted phenyl ring (MA1), five methoxy substituted aurones (MA2-6) and five hydroxy substituted aurones (HA2-6). These aurones were prepared from 2-hydroxychalcones (3a-f), which in turn were prepared by the Claisen-Schmidt aldol condensation 45 of the benzaldehydes (2a- f) and 2-hydroxyacetophenone (1) in the presence of KOH in ethanol in 37-90 % yield. Cyclization of chaicones (3a-f) in the presence of Hg(OAc)2 in anhydrous pyridine afforded the aurones (MA1-6) in 79-100 % yield. Methyl groups in methoxyaurones (MA2-6) were then removed by treatment with BBra in anhydrous CH2CI2 to afford the hydroxyaurones (HA2-6) in 80-86 % yield.
Solubility of MA1-6 and HA2-6were determined as reported 46 (Table 1). As expected, the majority of aurone derivatives had better solubility than the lead compound IIIC5 (25 p.g/mL) 19. Among the aurones, hydroxy aurones were found to be more soluble than methoxy aurones and a trend of increasing solubility was observed with the increase in the number of hydroxy groups on the phenyl ring. The hydroxyaurone, HA5 with 2,4,5- trihydroxyphenyl ring was found to be the most soluble analog with the solubility of 120.09 .g/mL. A close analog, HA6 with 3,4,5-trihydroxyphenyl ring had the next highest solubility (90.77 p.g/mL). The monohydroxyphenyl analog, HA2 showed the lowest solubility (18.93 .g/mL) among the hydroxyaurones. Methoxyaurones displayed a similar trend of increase in solubility with the increase in number of methoxy groups. The least soluble methoxyaurone was found to be the monomethoxy analog, MA2 with the solubility of 16.23 pg/mL.
Trimethoxy aurone analogs, MA5 and MA6 were found to be the most soluble methoxyaurone analogs with the solubilities of 42.36 pg/mL and 44.68 pg/mL, respectively. The only exception to this trend was the 3,5-dimethoxy analog, MA4 which showed lower solubility of 18.97 pg/mL compared to 3,4-dimethoxy analog, MA3 (36.26 pg/mL). The aurone analogs that displayed lower solubility than IIIC5 19 are MA1 , MA2, MA4 and HA2.
Table 1 : Reaction yields, solubility and biofilm inhibition profiles of 3a-f, MA1-6, and HA2-6.
Figure imgf000031_0001
1 73
HA6 3,4,5-tri-OH 86 90.77 ± 0.48 18.92 ± 0.39
G4321 NA NA NA NA 6.28 ± 0.58
Sal'<JYhC NA NA NA 1880 ± 30 NA acid47 a) Isolated yield and the compounds are fully characterized with 1H-NMR, 13C-NMR and HRMS; b) Solubility in water containing 1 % DM SO determined by UV spectroscopy; c) S. mutans UA159 were co-incubated with the compounds at various concentrations and biofilm formation was measured at OD562 using an established crystal violet protocol 48. IC50 values represent the means + standard error mean (SEM) from three independent experiments; d) Not determined; e) Highest concentration tested.
Inhibition of S. mutans UA159 planktonic growth. In order to identify inhibitors of cariogenic biofilm without affecting the growth of oral bacteria, an evaluation was done on the effects of compounds 3a-e, MA1-6 and HA2-6 on S. mutans planktonic growth at a single concentration of 50 pM 48. No significant inhibition of planktonic growth was observed between the control group and treated groups for all chaicone derivatives, 3a-f (Fig. 1 ,3A). Methoxyaurones, MA2-6were found to be slightly more bactericidal than chaicones showing 25-40 % planktonic growth inhibition (Fig. 1.3B). The aurone analog with unsubstituted phenyl ring (MA1) showed the highest bactericidal activity with 80 % inhibition of the planktonic growth. Some of the hydroxyaurones were more bactericidal than chaicones and methoxyaurones with HA2, HA3 and HA4 showing 60 %, 40 % and 30 % inhibition, respectively. Two hydroxyaurones, HA5 and HA6 did not inhibit the planktonic growth of S. mutans at 50 pM and appeared to be promising lead compounds (Fig. 1.3C) for further evaluation.
Inhibition of S. mutans UA159 biofilms. Initial screening of compounds 3a-f, MA1-6 and HA2-6 in a single species S. mutans biofilm assay was carried out at a single treatment dose of 50 pM. Members of all three series of compounds were effective in inhibiting biofilms with hydroxyaurones exhibiting most pronounced activity compared to methoxyaurones and chaicones (Fig. 4). More importantly, all compounds showed varying degrees of selectivity towards inhibition of biofilm as opposed to growth. Chaicones, 3a-f were generally less active compared to aurones (Fig. 1.4A). The most active chaicone derivative, 3f exhibited 40 % biofilm inhibition and no growth inhibition at 50 pM. The most potent methoxyaurone, MA5, exhibited 60 % biofilm inhibition (Fig. 1.4B). However, this compound also inhibited 30 % of bacterial growth at 50 pM making it a less selective biofilm inhibitor. The other methoxyaurones, MA1, MA2, MA4 and MA6 were relatively less active displaying only 20-40 % biofilm inhibition, while MA3 was inactive at this dose. Overall, hydroxy aurones were better biofilm inhibitors than chaicones and methoxyaurones with derivatives, HA2, HA5 and HA6 showing more than 95 % inhibition and HA3 showing about 80 % inhibition of biofilms (Fig. 1.4C). Among the most active hydroxyaurones, 4-hydroxy analog, HA2 inhibited bacterial growth by 70 % at the treated dose, making it a less selective biofilm inhibitor (Fig. 1.3C). The 3,5-dihydroxy aurone analog, HA4 did not show significant biofilm inhibition. The 2,4,5-trihydroxy and 3,4,5-trihydroxy analogs, HA5 and HA6, respectively were found to be the most active hydroxyaurone analogs with more than 95 % biofilm inhibition and no effect on growth at 50 pM, making them the most active and selective biofilm inhibitors from this screening (Fig. 1.4C).
Inhibition of commensal Streptococci biofilms by hydroxyaurones. To determine the selectivity of the hydroxyaurones (HA2-6) toward S. mutans biofilm formation over the biofilms of commensal species, an evaluation was done on the effects of these compounds on the biofilm formation by two oral commensal Streptococci bacteria: S. gordonii and S. sanguinis. At 50 mM concentration, S. gordonii biofilm formation was inhibited by 40-60 % (Fig. 1.5A), while S. sanguinis biofilm was inhibited by 30-40 % (Fig. 1.5B). However, these effects were less pronounced than their effects on S. mutans biofilm. For example, compounds HA5 and HA6 displayed about 95 % inhibition of S. mutans biofilm at 50 pM (Fig. 1.4C). These effects were also comparable to the control Gtf inhibitor G43 reported from our lab previously. In addition, a side-by-side comparison of biofilm inhibitory effects of 25 pM HA5 inhibited 80 % of S. mutans biofilm while it did not significantly reduce S. Sanguinis biofilm and inhibited about 20 % of S. gordonii biofilm (Fig. 1.8G). Overall, this data suggests that hydroxyaurones have a high degree of selectivity towards inhibiting pathogenic biofilms compared to commensal biofilms.
Considering the potential of methoxyaurones and hydroxyaurones for further development, their biofilm inhibitory activities were further characterized in serial dilutions and IC50 values were determined. The hydroxyaurones were found to have lower IC50 values compared to the corresponding methoxyaurones (Table 1). Among methoxyaurones, 3,4- dimethoxyaurone, MA3 was found to be the most active analog with an IC50 value of 49.40 pM. The 2,4,5-trimethoyaurone, MA5 had a similar IC50 value of 52.81 pM and the 4- methoxyaurone, MA2 had an IC50 value of 107.80 while 3,4-dimethoxy and 3,4,5-trimethoxy aurones were inactive. Interestingly, the unsubstituted aurone, MA1 was more potent than all methoxy aurones with an IC50 value of 33.61 pM. However, MA1 also displayed about 80 % inhibition of S. mutans growth at 50 pM, suggesting that its observed biofilm inhibition may be arising from its bactericidal activity.
Two of the hydroxyaurones, 2,4,5-trihydroxy aurone (HA5) and 3,4,5-trihydroxy aurone (HA6) were found to be the most active derivatives with IC50 values of 6.42 pM and 18.92 pM respectively. The 3,4-dihydroxyaurone, HA3 and 3,5-dihydroxyaurone, HA4 were found to be less active with IC50 values of 30.67 pM and 94.22 pM, respectively. Among these, HA4 with no OH at the 4-position, was less active than HA3 with an OH group at 4- position. Interestingly, the monohydroxy analog, HA2 with an OH group at 4-postion was found to be more active than the dihydroxyaurones, HA3 and HA4. It should be noted that both of our most active analogs HA5 and HA6 also contained an OH group at the 4-position, indicating the importance of the 4-OH group for the biofilm inhibitory activities of hydroxyaurones. This observation is further supported by our co-crystal structure of HA5 in the GtfB active site, showing that the two oxygen atoms at the 4,5-position of the 2,4,5- trihydroxyphenyl moiety interacted with the key amino acid residues in the active site through the coordination with a conserved Ca2+ ion (Fig. 1.7). Of all the aurone analogs synthesized, 2,4,5-trihydroxyaurone, HA5 (Fig. 1.6E) was selected as our lead compound for further analysis and encapsulation studies based on its potent biofilm inhibition, lack of growth inhibition and improved solubility.
HA5 inhibits S. mutans UA159 biofilms, glucan production and eDNA levels. The antibiofilm activities of HA5 were further investigated by fluorescence microscopy imaging. Compound HA5 displayed a dose-dependent inhibition of S. mutans biofilm as shown in Fig. 1.6A. Staining of bacterial cells within biofilms with Syto-9 showed significant reduction in biofilms at 5 pM of HA5 and a complete inhibition at 50 pM of HA5 (Fig. 1.6C, Panel-I). The presence of glucans, which were stained with Cascade Blue-dextran conjugated dye, was significantly reduced at 5 pM of HA5 and no glucan formation was evident at 50 pM of HA5 (Fig. 1.6C, Panel II). In addition, propidium iodide was used to determine the presence of extracellular DNA (eDNA) in S. mutans biofilms. Again, there was a noticeable reduction of eDNA at 5 pM of HA5 and almost complete absence of eDNA at 50 pM of HA5 (Fig. 1.6C, Panel III). These findings reaffirm that HA5 inhibited S. mutans biofilms by preventing the synthesis of glucans and minimizing the presence of eDNA, two integral biofilm matrix elements crucial for S. mutans biofilm formation.
HA5 inhibits the glucan production of S. mutans UA159 in a dose dependent manner. The interspecies co-adherence between S. mutans and other microorganisms in the oral cavity is critical for biofilm formation and cariogenicity. Though the mechanisms of such adhesions and co-aggregations are not fully elucidated, it is believed that the extracellular polysaccharide (EPS) matrix of S. mutans has an important role in this process 4950. It is reported that glucans synthesized by Gtfs when incorporated into the tooth pellicle to provide enhanced binding sites for other microorganisms to form stable and persistent microcolonies, which provides mechanical stability to the EPS matrix 5051. Therefore, Gtf inhibition assays were performed to assess the ability of HA5 to inhibit the Gtfs and glucan production using a reported procedure and IC50 value was calculated 52. Compound HA5 exhibited dose dependent inhibition of glucan production by Gtfs with an IC50 value of 10.56 pM (Fig. 1.6B). These findings reinforce the biofilm inhibitory activity of HA5 and suggest that the compound inhibits biofilm formation by inhibiting glucans production by S. mutans Gtfs.
HA5 does not affect the growth of commensal streptococcal species. T o determine if compound HA5 only selectively inhibits S. mutans biofilms over the growth of S. mutans and oral commensal species, the effects of HA5 on the growth of two representative commensal oral streptococci, S. gordonii and S. sanguinis, along with S. mutans at 50 pM and 100 pM doses were evaluated. As shown in Fig. 1.6D, compound HA5 did not inhibit the growth of two commensals compared to the control group at these doses that are much higher than its biofilm IC50 value of 6.42 .M. Similarly, the compound did not inhibit S. mutans growth at these doses, suggesting that HA5 selectively inhibited S. mutans biofilms without affecting its growth as well as the growth of commensal species, S. gordonii and S. sanguinis (Fig. 1.6D).
HA5 is a polyhydroxy compound that contains a Michael acceptor functionality which raises concerns about non-specific and covalent binding. However, it is unlikely that HA5 is influenced by these mechanisms because our HA5/GtfB co-crystal structure clearly shows its binding in the catalytic site of GtfB with specific interactions with the Ca2+ ion and with active site residues and it does not show any covalent bond to its Michael acceptor site. To further validate that HA5 is not a Michael acceptor, the Gtf inhibition IC50 values for HA5 in the presence and absence of a nucleophilic reagent, beta-mercaptoethanol (BME, 1 mM) have been determined and shown that BME doesn’t reduce the Gtf inhibitory activity (7.84 |j.M vs 10.56 |iM) 61. In addition, the Gtf inhibition IC50 values for HA5 in the presence and absence of a detergent Triton-X-100 have been determined to show that it is not a nonspecific inhibitor 62. Triton-X-100 did not reduce the Gtf inhibitory activity (5.16 iM vs 10.56 |j.M) of HA5 suggesting that the observed Gtf inhibition is not due to non-specific binding.
Hydrogel encapsulated biofilm inhibitors. Hydrophilicity, the ease of chemical modification and structural stability of hydrogel matrices ensure excellent biocompatibility and versatility for its use in biomedical applications. Poly(methacrylic acid) [PMAA] hydrogel is an excellent platform for the pH-triggered drug delivery of the biofilm inhibitors as these respond to varying pH due to the existence of ionizable pendant groups (e.g. -COOH and - NH2) in the network. In our previous studies, PMAA hydrogels have been prepared by layer- by-layer (LbL) assembly of hydrogen-bonded polymers of PMAA and poly(N- vinylpyrrolidone) (PVPON). The PMAA and PVPON layers were alternatingly adsorbed onto surfaces of porous inorganic microparticles of manganese oxide, followed by chemical crosslinking of PMAA with ethylenediamine and dissolution of the manganese oxide template microparticles 63-65. The nanoscale multilayers of chemically crosslinked PMAA result in the interconnected porous hydrogel structure, which provides excellent drug loading capacity. Besides, the pH-responsiveness of the hydrogel can be easily tuned during particle formation by using pH-sensitive cross-linkers 66. The biocompatibility and degradability of hydrogel biomaterial has been demonstrated in the delivery of small-molecule drugs 65.
Encapsulation of HA5 inside (PMAA) 5 hydrogels microparticles. Compound HA5 was encapsulated in the (PMAA)s hydrogel cubes through post-loading by soaking the hydrogels in 5 mg/mL solution of HA5 in methanol for 48 h in the dark (Figs. 1.7A-B). The free, non- encapsulated HA5 was removed from particle solution by rinsing with HEPES buffer (pH = 7.4) five times using centrifugation at 5000 rpm for 10 min. The HA5 quantification was carried out with UV-visible spectroscopy (NanoDrop One C, ThermoFisher) at A = 448 nm using an HA5 calibration curve. The drug solution was analyzed before and after the exposure to the hydrogel particles and the differences in the absorbance spectra were used to determine the loading of the drug into the hydrogel network. The loading capacity was found to be 5.5 x 10'3 ng of HA5 per particle. To demonstrate the tooth adhesion of (PMAA)s hydrogel microparticles, a drop of the hydrogel particle dispersion was placed on the tooth surface and dried at room temperature for 10 min in a Petri dish and morphology of the hydrogels were analyzed using atomic force microscopy (AFM NTEGRA II microscope: NT- MDT) imaging. Freshly extracted, intact third molars with flat surfaces obtained from Dr. Nathaniel Lawson’s lab (UAB School of Dentistry, IRB-300001291) were used in these studies. The AFM silicon probes NSG30 (NT-MDT, resonance frequency 240-440 kHz, force constant 22-100 N rrr1, tip radii is 10 nm, scan rate is 0.5 Hz) were used for imaging the tooth surfaces in tapping mode before and after hydrogel adhesion. The AFM image shows that the bare tooth surface displays natural topography (Fig. 1.70) with height of 280 nm. After hydrogel addition, the cubical hydrogel particles are seen to adhere to the tooth surface (Figs. 1.7D-E). The height of the dried hydrogel cubes was determined using section profiles, which indicated an average particle height of 1.3 ± 0.2 pm. The hydrogel cubes decreased in size compared to their size in solution due to the hydrogel shrinkage upon drying 65.
Inhibition of biofilms and planktonic growth of by HEBI. Effects of HEBI and HA5 on biofilms and planktonic growth of S. mutans and two commensal Streptococci, S. gordonii and S. Sanguinis were evaluated at a single treatment dose of 25 pM. HEBI inhibited about 85-90 % of S. mutans biofilms, which is comparable to 90 % inhibition by HA5 (Fig. 1.7G). HEBI did not significantly inhibit the biofilms of commensal species S. gordonii and S. sanguinis at this concentration. As expected, based on our previous data, HEBI or HA5 did not affect the planktonic growth of S. mutans, or the commensal species S. gordonii and S. sanguinis at the treatment concentration of 25 pM (Fig. 1.7F).
Reduction of S. mutans virulence in vivo by HA5 or HEBI. The effects of compound HA5 and HEBI on S. mutans virulence were evaluated using a well-established gnotobiotic rat model of dental caries 67. Hydrogel microparticles with no drug were used to ensure that the observed anti-virulence activity observed with HEBI was not related to the hydrogel material. The standard NaF (250 ppm) was included as a positive control. A (vehicle + infection only) group was included as a negative control. All rats in the experimental groups and control groups were colonized with S. mutans LIA159. A 4-week treatment of S. mutans LIA159 infected gnotobiotic rats with 100 iM of HA5 or HEBI resulted in significant reduction in buccal and sulcal caries scores compared to control groups. Similar reductions in caries scores were also observed in proximal enamel caries scores (Table 3). An evaluation of the effect of the treatment on proximal dentinal scores was unable to be performed as there were no significant proximal dentinal lesions for the control and treated groups in this study. In comparison, the group treated with hydrogel (no drug) did not show any inhibition compared to the control group suggesting that the hydrogel as such has no antivirulence activity (Table 3). The observed reduction in caries scores by HA5 and HEBI were similar with HEBI displaying slightly better in vivo activity, possibly due to the pH-dependent slow release. The observed reduction in caries scores by HA5 or HEBI is lower than the 250 ppm NaF treatment. However, it should be noted that the concentration of NaF (250 ppm = 5.95 mM) is about 59-fold higher than HA5 (100 .M). At the end of the study, the animals were euthanized, their mandibles excised for microbiological analysis of plaque samples on MS agar plates and BAP and for scoring of caries by the method of Keyes 68 to determine the bacterial colonization. The effect on bacterial colonization was not significant in HA5 or HEBI treated animals when compared to control group, while the bacterial colonization appears to be slightly reduced in unloaded hydrogel treated rats. This data suggests that HA5 and HEBI are less toxic to bacteria (Table 4). Moreover, the rats treated with the compound HA5 or HEBI did not experience any weight loss over the course of the study in comparison with the control group, suggesting that they are non-toxic (Table 4). Overall, our data suggest that HEBI can release HA5 in the rat’s oral cavity under the acidic conditions of dental caries and the reduction in caries scores produced by HEBI is comparable to what is observed for HA5 treatment alone. These results also indicate that the compound HA5 or HEBI selectively target S. mutans virulence factors; Gtfs and Gtf- mediated biofilm formation, rather than a simple inhibition of bacterial growth and are very effective in inhibiting dental caries in vivo. All in vivo experimental protocols were approved by the University of Alabama at Birmingham Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee (protocol No: IACUC-20047). The methods were carried out in accordance with the relevant guidelines and regulations.
Table 3: Effect of HEBI or HA5 treatment on S. mutans UA159 induced dental caries.
Figure imgf000037_0001
Figure imgf000038_0001
Enamel (E); Dentinal slight (Ds); Dentinal moderate (Dm); Dentinal extensive (Dx); Proximal dentinal scores are not included as there were no significant proximal dentinal lesions for the control and treated groups in this study.
Table 4: Effect of HEBI or HA5 treatment on S. mutans LIA159 CFU and the body weight of the animals.
Treatment .
„ CFU/mL (x 106) Anima s
Group ' ’
MS BAP Weight (g) Number
UA159 untreated 4.2 ± 1.4 5.6 ± 1.6 141 ± 13 5
Hydrogel (no 1.6 ± 0.5 2.4 ± 0.7 130 ± 9 5 drug)
HEBI (100 |xM) 5.2 ± 1.4 5.5 ± 1.4 145 ± 12 5
HA5 (100 jiM) 2.5 ± 0.8 3.0 ± 1.0 137 ± 13 5
NaF (250 ppm) 3.4 ± 0.5 4.0 ± 0.9 161 ± 13 5
Colony Forming Unit (CFU); Mitis Salivarius (MS); Blood Agar Plates (BAP).
Conclusions.
In conclusion, we have developed novel small-molecule inhibitors of S. mutans glucosyl transferases as selective biofilm inhibitors that do not affect the growth of oral commensal bacteria. The solubility and biofilm inhibitory activities of the lead compound were optimized for drug-encapsulation. The optimized lead compound, HA5 inhibited S. mutans biofilm with an IC50 value of 6.42 iM without affecting its growth. Compound HA5 was further evaluated for its effect on the growth of oral commensal bacterial species S. gordonii and S. sanguinis and showed that it does not inhibit the growth of S. gordonii and S. sanguinis at 100 .M, which is 14-fold higher dose than its biofilm IC50 value. The binding of HA5 to the glucosyl transferase, GtfB has been demonstrated by resolving a high-resolution
X-ray co-crystal structure of HA5 with the catalytic domain of GtfB and mapped out its active site interactions. Compound HA5 inhibited S. mutans Gtfs and glucan production with an
IC50 value of 10.56 iM in a Gtf inhibition assay. Compound HA5 was encapsulated into pH- responsive hydrogel microparticles to generate a hydrogel encapsulated biofilm inhibitor (HEBI), which displayed selective inhibition of S. mutans biofilm similar to HA5. The effects of HA5 or HEBI on the biofilm on commensal species, S. gordonii and S. sanguinis were minimal at 25 pM. A 4-week treatment of S. mutans LIA159 infected gnotobiotic rats with 100 pM of HA5 or HEBI resulted in significant reduction in buccal, sulcal, and proximal dental caries scores compared to control groups demonstrating their antivirulence activities in vivo without affecting the bacterial colonization significantly. The rats treated with the HA5 or HEBI did not experience any weight loss over the course of the study in comparison with the control group, suggesting that the compound and material are non-toxic. Overall, our in vivo data suggests that HEBI can release HA5 in the rat oral cavity under the acidic conditions of dental caries infection and the reduce dental caries and the results are comparable to what is observed for HA5 treatment alone. Overall, the results of this study suggest that compound HA5 or HEBI selectively targeted S. mutans Gtfs and Gtf- mediated biofilm formation, rather than a simple inhibition of bacterial growth, demonstrating the potential of this compound and material to be developed further as novel dental caries treatments.
Experimental.
General considerations. 1H-NMR and 13C-NMR spectra were recorded on Bruker Avance Neo 400 and Avance II 700 spectrometers using TMS or appropriate solvent signals as internal standard. The chemical shift values are given in parts per million (ppm) relative to the internal standard used and the coupling constants (J) are given in hertz (Hz). High resolution mass spectra (HRMS) were recorded using Waters AutoSpec-Ultima™ NT magnetic sector mass spectrometer with Electron Impact (El) Ionization source. The mass analyzer is an electric-magnetic-electric (EBE) sector (a double focusing sector). Anhydrous solvents used for reactions were purchased in Sure-Seal™ bottles from Aldrich chemical company. Other chemical reagents were purchased from Aldrich or Fisher chemical companies and used as received. Reactions were monitored with thin layer chromatography (TLC), which was done on silica gel plates with fluorescent indicator (Silicycle, silica gel, LIV254, 25 m plates). The TLC spots were observed under UV light with the wavelengths 254 nm and 365 nm. The reaction mixtures were purified by column chromatography using Si gel (32-63pm) from Dynamic Absorbent, Inc. Melting points were determined on a Mel- Temp II melting point apparatus and are uncorrected. All tested compounds have >95 % purity as determined by HPLC. HPLC traces were obtained using Shimadzu SPD-M20A.
Solubility of compounds were determined by UV-spectroscopy method using Agilent Cary 60 UV-Vis spectrophotometer. HPLC analysis of the final compounds were conducted using Kinetex 5 pm C18 100 A, LC Column 150 x 4.6 mm, compound = 3 mM, 20 pL injection, solvent: mobile phase buffer, Conditions: 60 % MeCN / 40 % H2O / 0.1 % Formic acid (isocratic), HPLC method 0-10 min, Signals were analyzed using a 254 nm UV detector. A chromatogram of Mobile Phase Buffer (20 pL) was obtained for comparison.
Poly(ethyleneimine) (PEI, average Mw 25000), ethylenediamine (EDA), manganese sulfate monohydrate, ammonium bicarbonate and 1-Ethyl-3-(3-(dimethylamino)propyl)- carbodiimide hydrochloride were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich. Poly(methacrylic acid) (PMAA, average Mw 22000 g mol’1, D = 1.3) were purchased from Fisher Scientific. Ultrapure de-ionized (DI) water with a resistivity of 18.2 MQ-cm at 25 °C was used in all experiments. Monobasic and dibasic sodium phosphate (Fisher Scientific) were used for preparation of polymer and buffer solutions. Poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone) (PVPON, Mw 10000 g mol’1) was from Sigma-Aldrich. Slices of human teeth were provided by Dr. Nathaniel Lawson (UAB School of Dentistry, IRB-300001291) and used as received.
The bacterial strains, S. mutans LIA159, S. gordonii DL1 , and S. sanguinis SK36 were inoculated statically at 37 °C under 5 % CO2 in Todd Hewitt Broth (THB) for 24 h. The cultures were then diluted with fresh THB (1 :5) and reinoculated until optical density at 470 nm (OD470) reached 1. The optical density was read using BioTek 800TS microplate reader at 470 nm for bacterial growth and 562 nm for biofilm stained with crystal violet. Data was plotted in Graphpad Prism9.
General procedure for the synthesis of chaicones (3a-f). To a solution of the 2- hydroxyacetophenone 1 (1 mmol) and benzaldehyde 2a (1 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL), an aqueous solution of KOH (40 %, 1 mL) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. TLC examination (30 % EtOAc in hexanes) indicated the completion of the reaction. The reaction mixture was then poured over crushed ice and acidified the pH to 2 using 1.0 N HCI. The precipitate formed was filtered, washed with copious amounts of water, and dried to obtain the crude product, which was purified on column chromatography over Si gel using 10 % EtOAc in hexanes as eluent to afford clean chaicones 3a-f. All chaicone products were characterized by 1H NMR, 13C NMR and HRMS as follows.
1-(2-Hydroxyphenyl)-3-phenyl-2-propen-1-one (3a): 61.9 % yield, yellow solid; mp. 89-90 °C; 1H NMR (700 MHz, CDCI3) 6: 12.84 (s, 1 H), 7.94-7.92 (m, 2H), 7.68-7.66 (m, 3H), 7.52-7.49 (m, 1 H), 7.45 (t, 3H, J = 3.1 Hz), 7.04 (d, 1 H, J = 8.5 Hz), 6.95 (t, 1 H, J = 7.6 Hz); 13C NMR (700 MHz, CDCI3) 6: 193.7, 163.6, 145.5, 136.4, 134.6, 130.9, 129.7, 129.0, 128.7, 120.1 , 120.0, 118.9, 118.6; HRMS [M-H]- calculated for C15H12O2223.0759, found 223.0763.
1-(2-Hydroxyphenyl)-3-(4’-methoxyphenyl)-2-propen-1-one (3b): 36.5 % yield, yellow solid; mp. 93-95 °C; 1H NMR (700 MHz, CDCI3) 6: 12.96 (s, 1 H), 7.93-7.89 (m, 2H), 7.63 (d, 2H, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.54 (d, 1 H, J = 15.4 Hz), 7.49 (t, 1 H, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.02 (d, 1 H, J = 8.3 Hz), 6.96-6.93 (m, 3H), 3.86 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (700 MHz, CDCI3) 6: 193.7, 163.6, 162.0, 145.4, 136.2, 130.6, 129.5, 127.3, 120.1 , 118.8, 118.6, 117.6, 114.5, 55.5; HRMS [M+H]+ calculated for C16H14O3 255.1021 , found 255.1014.
3-(3’,4’-Dimethoxyphenyl)-1-(2-hydroxyphenyl)prop-2-en-1-one (3c): 53.0 % yield, yellow solid; mp. 115-117 °C; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCh) 6: 12.94 (s, 1 H), 7.94 (dd, 1 H, J = 8.1 , 1.6 Hz), 7.89 (d, 1 H, J = 15.4 Hz), 7.53 (d, 1 H, J = 15.4 Hz), 7.52-7.47 (m, 1 H), 7.29-7.26 (m, 1 H), 7.18 (d, 1 H), 7.03 (dd, 1 H, J = 8.3 Hz), 6.97-6.91 (m, 2H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.95 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (700 MHz, CDCh) 6: 193.6, 163.6, 151.9, 149.4, 145.8, 136.3, 129.6,
127.7, 123.7, 120.2, 118.8, 118.7, 117.8, 111.2, 110.3, 56.1 (2); HRMS [M-H]+ calculated for C17H16O4 283.0970, found 283.0969.
3-(3’,5’-Dimethoxyphenyl)-1-(2-hydroxyphenyl)prop-2-en-1-one (3d): 78.0 % yield, yellow solid; mp. 107-109 °C 1H NMR (700 MHz, CDCh) 6: 12.80 (s, 1 H), 7.90 (d, 1 H, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.81 (d, 1 H, J = 15.4 Hz), 7.58 (d, 1 H, J = 15.4 Hz), 7.49 (t, 1 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.02 (d, 1 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.93 (t, 1 H, J = 7.7 Hz), 6.77 (d, 2H, J = 1.4 Hz), 6.56 (t, 1 H, J = 1.4 Hz), 3.83 (s, 6H) ; 13C NMR (700 MHz, CDCh) 6: 193.6, 163.5, 161.0, 145.4, 136.4, 136.4, 129.6, 120.5, 119.9, 118.8, 118.6, 106.5, 103.0, 55.4; HRMS [M-H]+ calculated for CI7HI6O4 283.0970, found 283.0969.
1-(2-Hydroxyphenyl)-3-(2’,4’,5’-trimethoxyphenyl)prop-2-en-1-one (3e): 90.0 % yield, orange solid; mp. 135-137 °C; 1H NMR (700 MHz, CDCh) 6: 13.08 (s, 1 H), 8.21 (d, 1 H, J = 15.4 Hz), 7.91 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.7, 7.0 Hz), 7.60 (d, 1 H, J = 15.4 Hz), 7.46 (dd, 1 H, J = 8.4, 7.0 Hz), 6.99 (d, 1 H, J = 8.3 Hz), 6.92 (t, 1 H, J = 7.9 Hz), 6.5 (s, 1 H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H) ; 13C NMR (700 MHz, CDCh) 6: 194.0, 163.5, 155.1 , 152.9, 143.2, 140.9,
135.8, 129.5, 120.2, 118.6, 118.4, 117.7, 115.1 , 111.7, 96.6, 56.5, 56.2, 56.0; HRMS calculated for CisHisOs 314.1154, found 314.1151.
1-(2-Hydroxyphenyl)-3-(3’,4’,5’-trimethoxyphenyl)prop-2-en-1-one (3f): 85.4 % yield, yellow solid; mp. 155-157 °C; 1H NMR (700 MHz, CDCh) 6: 12.86 (s, 1 H), 7.92 (d, 1 H, J = 7.9 Hz), 7.83 (d, 1 H, J = 15.3 Hz), 7.53 (d, 1 H, J = 15.3 Hz), 7.49 (t, 1 H, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.02 (d, 1 H, J = 8.2 Hz), 6.94 (t, 1 H, J = 7.5 Hz), 6.87 (s, 2H), 3.93 (s, 6H), 3.91 (s, 3H) ; 13C NMR (700 MHz, CDCh) 6: 193.5, 163.6, 153.5, 145.6, 140.8, 136.4, 130.0, 129.6, 120.0, 119.2,
118.8, 118.6, 105.9, 61.0, 56.2; HRMS [M-H]+ calculated for CI8HI8O5 313.1076, found 313.1082.
General procedure for the synthesis of methoxy aurones (MA1-6). Chaicones 3a-f (0.6 mmol) was added to a homogeneous solution of Hg(OAc)2 (0.221 g, 0.7 mmol) in anhydrous pyridine (20 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated at 110 °C for 12 h. The completion of reaction was marked by consumption of starting material and formation of a single product as visualized by TLC (50 % EtOAc in hexanes). The reaction mixture was then quenched with ice and acidified to the pH of 2 by adding 1.0 N HCI. It was extracted in EtOAc (4 x 50 mL), and the combined extract was washed with water (2 x 50 mL), brine (1 x 50 mL), and dried over anhydrous Na2SC>4. The drying agent was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to obtain pure solid products MA1-6. All products were characterized by 1H NMR, 13C NMR and HRMS as follows.
2-(Phenylmethylidene)-2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuran-3-one (MA1): 78.8 % yield, off- white or beige solid; mp. 110-111 °C; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 6: 7.92 (d, 2H, J = 7.5 Hz), 7.81 (d, 1 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.66-7.64 (m, 1 H), 7.46 (t, 2H, J = 7.8 Hz), 7.42-7.40 (m, 1 H), 7.34 (d, 1 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.22 (t, 1 H, J = 7.4 Hz), 6.90 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (700 MHz, CDCh) 6:
184.8, 166.2, 146.9, 136.9, 132.3, 131.6, 129.9, 128.9, 124.7, 123.5, 121.6, 113.1 , 113.0; HRMS [M-H]+ calculated for Ci5Hi0O2 221.0603, found 221.0596.
2-[(4’-Methoxyphenyl)methylidene]-2,3-dihydro-1 -benzofuran-3-one (MA2): 92.5 % yield, yellow solid; mp. 140-142 °C; 1H NMR (700 MHz, CDCh) 6: 7.88 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 7.79 (d, 1 H, J = 7.6 Hz), 7.64-7.62 (m, 1 H), 7.31 (d, 1 H, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.20 (t, 1 H, J = 7.5 Hz), 6.97 (d, 2H, J = 8.8 Hz), 6.88 (s, 1 H), 3.86 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (700 MHz, CDCh) 6: 184.5,
165.8, 161.1 , 145.9, 136.5, 133.4, 125.0, 124.5, 123.3, 121.9, 114.5, 113.4, 112.9, 55.4; HRMS [M-H]+ calculated for CI6HI2O3 251 .0708, found 251.0701.
2-[(3’,4’-Dimethoxyphenyl)methylidene]-2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuran-3-one (MA3): quantitative yield, yellow solid; mp. 157-159 °C; 1H NMR (700 MHz, CDCh) 6: 7.81 (d, 1 H, J = 7.5 Hz), 7.66-7.63 (m, 1 H), 7.54 (d, 1 H, J = 1.7 Hz), 7.50 (dd, 1 H, J = 8.4, 1.7 Hz), 7.31 (d, 1 H, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.22 (t, 1 H, J = 7.4 Hz), 6.95 (d, 1 H, J = 8.3 Hz), 6.87 (s, 1 H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.95 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (700 MHz, CDCh) 6: 184.5, 165.8, 150.9, 149.1 , 146.0, 136.6, 126.1 , 125.3, 124.6, 123.4, 122.0, 113.8, 113.7, 112.9, 111.3, 56.0 (2). HRMS [M-H]' calculated for C17H14O4 281 .0814, found 281 .0805.
2-[(3’,5’-Dimethoxyphenyl)methylidene]-2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuran-3-one (MA4): 89.0 % yield, yellow solid; mp. 157-160 °C; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCh) 6: 7.78 (d, 1 H J = 7.2 Hz), 7.66-7.62 (m, 1 H), 7.30 (d, 1 H, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.20 (t, 1 H, J = 7.5 Hz), 7.07 (s, 1 H), 7.06 (s, 1 H), 6.79 (s, 1 H), 6.51 (t, 1 H, J = 2.2 Hz), 3.84 (s, 6H); 13C NMR (400 MHz, CDCh) 6:
184.8, 166.2, 160.9, 147.1 , 137.1 , 133.9, 124.8, 123.6, 121.7, 113.1 , 113.0, 109.6, 102.4, 55.6; HRMS [M+H]+ calculated for C17H14O4 283.0970, found 283.0979.
2-[(2’,4’,5’-Trimethoxyphenyl)methylidene]-2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuran-3-one (MA5): 99.0 % yield, yellow solid; mp. 240-242 °C; 1H NMR (700 MHz, CDCh) 6: 7.91 (s, 1 H), 7.80 (dd, 1 H, J = 7.6, 7.0 Hz), 7.63-7.61 (m, 1 H), 7.46 (s, 1 H), 7.28 (d, 1 H, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.20 (t, 1 H, J = 7.6 Hz), 6.51 (s, 1 H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (700 MHz, CDCh) 6: 184.3, 165.4, 155.3, 152.4, 145.7, 143.2, 136.2, 124.5, 123.2, 122.2, 114.5, 113.1 , 112.8, 108.0, 96.3, 56.6, 56.4, 56.0; HRMS calculated for CI8HI6O5312.0998, found 312.0998.
2-[(3’,4’,5’-Trimethoxyphenyl)methylidene]-2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuran-3-one (MA6): 89.0 %, yellow solid; mp. 182-183 °C; 1H NMR (700 MHz, CDCh) 6: 7.82 (d, 1 H, J = 7.2 Hz), 7.68-7.63 (m, 1 H), 7.31 (d, 1 H, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.24 (t, 1 H, J = 7.4 Hz), 7.19 (s, 2H), 6.84 (s, 1 H), 3.95 (s, 6H), 3.93 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (700 MHz, CDCI3) 6: 184.5, 165.9, 153.3, 146.4, 140.1 , 136.8, 127.7, 124.7, 123.5, 121.7, 113.4, 112.9, 108.9, 61.0, 56.2; HRMS [M+H]+ calculated for CI8HI6O5 313.1076, found 313.1082
General procedure for the synthesis of hydroxy aurones (HA2-6). The methoxy aurone MA2-6 (0.25 mmol, 1.0 eq) was dissolved in anhydrous CH2CI2 (15 mL) and cooled down to 0 °C. BBra (1 mmol, 4.0 eq) was added slowly to the reaction mixture under N2 atmosphere and stirred. The reaction mixture was allowed to attain room temperature and stirring continued for 12 h. TLC examination (50 % EtOAc in hexanes) revealed the completion of the reaction. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0 °C and carefully quenched with slow drop-wise addition of water until the excess BBrs reacted completely. The precipitated solid product was filtered, washed with water, and dried over CaCh in a vacuum desiccator. The crude product thus obtained was purified by column chromatography over Si gel using 10 % MeOH in CH2CI2 to afford pure hydroxyl aurones HA2-6. All hydroxy aurones were characterized by 1H NMR, 13C NMR and HRMS as follows.
2-[(4’-Hydroxyphenyl)methylidene]-2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuran-3-one (HA2): 89.8% yield, yellow solid; mp. 264-266 °C; 1H NMR (700 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5: 10.23 (s, 1 H), 7.88 (d, 2H, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.79-7.77 (m, 2H), 7.54 (d, 1 H, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.30 (t, 1 H, J = 7.4 Hz), 6.91 (d, 3H, J = 8.8 Hz); 13C NMR (700 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5: 183.2, 165.0, 159.8, 144.7, 137.2, 133.8, 124.1 , 123.7, 122.9, 121.3, 116.2, 113.5, 113.2; HRMS [M+H]+ calculated for C15H10O3 239.0708, found 239.0718.
2-[(3’,4’-Dihydroxyphenyl)methylidene]-2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuran-3-one (HA3): 92.0 % yield, yellow solid; mp. 231-233 °C; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5: 9.82 (bs, 1 H), 9.34 (bs, 1 H), 7.80-7.76 (m, 2H), 7.53-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.34-7.28 (m, 2H), 6.86 (d, 1 H), 6.82 (s, 1 H); 13C NMR (700 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5: 183.1 , 165.0, 148.6, 145.7, 144.7, 137.1 , 125.2,
124.1 , 123.7, 123.3, 121.4, 118.3 (d), 116.1 (d), 114.0 (d), 113.0; HRMS [M+H]+ calculated for C15H10O4 255.0657, found 255.0660.
2-[(3’,5’-Dihydroxyphenyl)methylidene]-2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuran-3-one (HA4): 80.0 % yield, grey solid; decomposed at 250 °C; 1H NMR (700 MHz, DMSO- d6) 5: 7.79 (t, 2H, J = 7.4 Hz), 7.50 (d, 1 H, J = 8.6 Hz), 7.30 (t, 1 H, J = 7.3 Hz), 6.88 (d, 2H, J = 2.3 Hz), 6.73 (s, 1 H), 6.36 (t, 1 H, J = 2.0 Hz) ; 13C NMR (700 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5: 183.7, 165.4, 158.7,
146.2, 137.8, 133.2, 124.4, 124.0, 121.0, 113.1 , 113.1 , 109.7, 105.0; HRMS [M-H]’ calculated for C15H10O4 253.0501 , found 253.0513.
2-[(2’,4’,5’-Trihydroxyphenyl)methylidene]-2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuran-3-one (HA5): 83.0 % yield, red solid; mp. 191-193 °C; 1H NMR (400 MHz, Acetone-d6) 5: 8.94 (s, 1 H), 8.71 (s, 1 H), 7.97 (s, 1 H), 7.85 (s, 1 H), 7.71-7.76 (m, 2H), 7.43 (d, 1 H, J = 8.2 Hz), 7.40 (s, 1 H), 7.28 (t, 1 H, J = 7.4 Hz), 6.57 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (400 MHz, Acetone-d6) 6: 183.9, 166.1 , 153.8, 150.7, 145.6, 139.7, 137.2, 124.7, 124.1, 123.0, 117.7, 113.7, 111.6, 108.9, 103.7; HRMS calculated for C15H10O5270.0528, found 270.0529.
2-[(3’,4’,5’-Trihydroxyphenyl)methylidene]-2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuran-3-one (HA6): 86.0 % yield, greenish-yellow solid; decomposed at 256 °C; 1H NMR (700 MHz, DMSO- d6) 5: 9.28 (s, 2H), 9.05 (s, 1 H), 7.78-7.76 (m, 2H), 7.48 (d, 1 H, J = 8.5 Hz), 7.28 (dd, 1H, J = 14.8, 7.3 Hz), 7.03 (s, 2H), 6.72 (s, 1H) ; 13C NMR (700 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5: 183.0, 164.9, 146.2, 144.8, 137.1 , 137.0, 124.2, 123.7, 122.0, 121.4, 114.5, 113.0, 111.3; HRMS [M-H]- calculated for C15H10O5269.0450, found 269.0445.
Biofilm inhibition assays. Biofilm inhibition assays were performed in polystyrene microtiter 96 well plates. Stock solutions were prepared in chemically defined medium (CDM, JRH Biosciences, Lenexa, KS) with 2 % sucrose, 1 % bacteria cultures and various concentrations of the small molecule inhibitors to examine their activity against biofilm formation as described 6970. These stocks were assayed in 96 well plates in triplicate and incubated at 37 °C and 5 % CO2 for 16 h. After reading optical density for bacterial growth, the plate was gently washed with water, dried, and stained with crystal violet, and then gently rinsed again with deionized water leaving the stained biofilm at the bottoms of the wells. Biofilms was dissolved in 200 pL of 30 % acetic acid and absorbance at 562 nm was used read to determine biofilm biomass. Each assay was carried out at least in triplicate. Biofilm inhibitory concentration (IC50) of the compounds was determined by serial dilutions.
Gtf inhibition determined by glucan quantification assays. Overnight cultures of S. mutans LIA159 were centrifuged (6500rpm, 4 °C, 10min) to remove cells. Supernatant was mixed with ethanol (1 :1) and incubated at -80 °C for 1h. The precipitated Gtfs were palleted using centrifugation and resuspended in chemically defined media (CDM) 10 pL of Gtfs suspended in CDM were assayed on I bidi slides with varying concentrations of inhibitor, 1 % sucrose, 1 % DMSO and 1uM Cascade blue dye in CDM. The slides were then incubated at 37 °C with 5 % CO2 for 16 h after which, the wells of Ibidi slides were gently rinsed with 1x PBS and treated with 1x PBS for fluorescence microscopy imaging. The images obtained were processed in Imaged to quantify glucans and graphed in GraphPad Prism.
S. mutans, S. gordonii, and S. sanguinis growth assays. Effects of compounds on S. mutans and commensal bacterial growth were evaluated using the growth assay as described 69. S. mutans LIA159, S. gordonii DL1 , S. sanguinis SK36, cultures were grown for 24 h under 5 % CO2 at 37 °C. These cultures were then reinoculated with fresh THB (1:5) until OD470 = 1 when the bacteria were ready to be used. Different concentrations of the inhibitor were assayed in chemically defined media (CDM) with 1 % of the bacteria, 1 % sucrose and 1 % DMSO in 96 well plates. The 96 well plates were incubated under 5 % CO2 at 37 °C for 16 h. Growth of the bacteria was read after 16 h at OD470. Each assay was carried out at least in triplicate.
Synthesis of porous cubic manganese oxide microparticle templates. Porous Mn2C>3 microparticle templates of 3 pm in size were synthesized as described previously 63 65 Briefly, a nano-seed solution was prepared by mixing 0.04 g of N^HCCh and 0.02 g of MnSC>4 in DI water (200 mL). Then, the nano-seed solution (80 mL) was added to a 6 mM of MnSC>4 (1000 mL) followed by 6 mM solution of NH4HCO3 (1000 mL) both containing 2- propanol (0.5 % vol) was added to the nano-seed solution and was heated at 60 °C for 30 minutes to produce 3 pm cubic manganese carbonate particles. Once collected and dried via filtration, the Mn2CC>3 microparticles were heated at 650°C for 3.5 h in the muffled oven to produce porous Mn2Os microparticles.
Synthesis of cubical hydrogel microparticles. pH-Responsive cubic hydrogel cubic microparticles were synthesized by depositing hydrogen-bonded [PMAA/PVPON]n (the subscript denotes the number of polymer bilayers) multilayers at the surfaces of Mn2Os microparticle templates. The porous templates were first exposed to an aqueous poly(ethyleneimine) (PEI) solution in deionized (DI) water (1.5 mg/mL) for 1 h to enhance the adsorption of the following (PMAA/PVPON) layers to the particle surfaces followed by deposition of the polymers from aqueous polymeric solutions (1 .5 mg/mL) at pH = 2 for 45 min each. The polymer deposition was achieved through sonication (15 min) and shaking (30 min) of the manganese oxide porous templates in polymer solutions. After the deposition of each layer, the template particles were centrifuged for 10 min at 4,900 rpm and resuspended in phosphate buffer solution (0.01 M, pH = 2) twice to rinse away excess polymer before the next deposition cycle. Following the deposition of a 5-bilayer (PMAA/PVPON)s coating, the PMAA layers were cross-linked with ethylenediamine by, first, activating the PMAA carboxylic groups with a carbodiimide solution (5 mg/mL, pH = 5, 0.01 M phosphate) for 30 min, then exposing the particles to ethylenediamine (12 pL/mL in 0.01 M phosphate, pH = 5.8) for 16 h. Afterwards, PVPON was removed from the PMAA network by exposing the core-shell particles to 0.01 M phosphate buffer solution (pH = 8.5) for 24 h while shaking. Cubic PMAA hydrogel microparticles were obtained after dissolving the manganese oxide core in hydrochloric acid solution (8M HCI) for 24 h. The hydrogel microparticles were treated with ethylenediamine tetraacetic acid disodium salt solution (EDTA, 0.1 M) at pH = 7 overnight by shaking to remove any residual manganese ions in the hydrogel network. The PMAA hydrogel microparticles were then purified by dialysis in DI water for 3 days using a Float-a-Lyzer (Fisher; MWCO 20 kDa).
Rat model of dental caries. In vivo studies of colonization and virulence of S. mutans were evaluated using a previously reported rat model of dental caries 71. Offspring of gnotobiotic Fischer 344 rats used in this experiment were bred and maintained in trexler isolators. Male and female rat pups were removed from isolators at 20 days of age and randomly assigned into 5 treatment groups of 5 rats I group in cages with filter tops. Rats were then infected with S. mutans LIA159 strain by oral swabbing daily for four consecutive days with a fresh overnight culture of S. mutans LIA159. Rats were provided with caries promoting Teklad Diet 305 containing 5 % sucrose (Harlan Laboratories, Inc., Indianapolis, IN) and sterile drinking water ad libitum. Oral swabs were taken 5 days post-infection and plated on Todd Hewitt (TH) agar plates and incubated at 37 °C in an environment of 5 % CO2 in the air to confirm colonization. Rats were weighed at weaning and at the termination of the experiment. One-week post-infection, the molars of the rats were treated topically twice daily for 4 weeks with the test compounds using camel-hair brushes. The five treatment groups used in this study were: 1) HEBI (100 pM); 2) HA5 (100 pM); 3) hydrogel encapsulated PBS (no drug) containing 0.1 % DMSO (negative control), 4) 250 ppm NaF (positive control) and 5) infected untreated group (negative control). Drinking water was withheld for 60 min following each treatment with the compound. Animals were weighed at weaning and at the termination of the experiment. On day 60, the rats were sacrificed using CO2 followed by cervical dislocation or bilateral thoracotomy. The mandibles were surgically removed and cleaned of excess tissue to assess the level of bacteria present and the extent of caries formation. The right mandibles from each rat were placed in a tube containing phosphate buffer (3 mL), placed on ice and sonicated (10 sec) to release bacteria from the molars. Each sample was serially diluted, plated on blood agar plates (BAP) and mitis- salivarius (MS) agar plates and incubated in an environment of 5 % CO2 at 37 °C to quantify the level of total bacteria and S. mutans present in the plaque. The right and left mandibles from each rat were then placed in 95 % ethanol for 24 h. The mandibles will be cleaned and stained overnight with murexide solution. After drying, the mandibles were sectioned and scored for caries activity using the Keyes method 68. Caries scores were recorded for the buccal, sulcal and proximal molar surfaces individually so that differences among the surfaces can be distinguished. Statistical significance in the mean caries scores, colonyforming units (CFUs) I mandible and body weights between groups of rats were determined by one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) with the Tu key- Kramer multiple comparison test using the InStat program (Graphpad Software, San Diego, CA). When determining the statistical significance between the two groups, an unpaired t-test was applied. Differences between groups were considered significant at a P-value < 0.05. All experimental protocols were approved by the University of Alabama at Birmingham Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee (protocol No: IACUC-20047). The methods were carried out in accordance with the relevant guidelines and regulations.
References for Example 1.
(1) Marsh, P. D. Dental Plaque as a Microbial Biofilm. Caries Res. 2004, 38, 204-211.
(2) Vos, T., Allen, C., Arora, M., Barber, R. M., Bhutta, Z. A., Brown, A., Carter, A., Casey, D. C., Charlson, F. J., Chen, A. Z., Coggeshall, M., Cornaby, L., Dandona, L., Dicker, D. J., Dilegge, T., Erskine, H. E., Ferrari, A. J., Fitzmaurice, C., Fleming, T., ... Murray, C. J. L. . Global, Regional, and National Incidence, Prevalence, and Years Lived with Disability for 310 Diseases and Injuries, 1990-2015: A Systematic Analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2015. Lancet 2016, 388, 1545-1602.
(3) Banas, J. A.; Vickerman, M. M. Glucan-binding Proteins of the Oral Streptococci. Crit. Rev. Oral. Biol. Med. 2003, 14, 89-99. Kim, J. K.; Baker, L. A.; Davarian, S.; Crimmins, E. Oral Health Problems and Mortality. J. Dent. Sci. 2013, 8, 115-120.
(4) Hamada, S.; Slade, H. D. Biology, Immunology, and Cariogenicity of Streptococcus mutans. Microbiol. Rev. 1980, 44, 331-384. Loesche, W. J. Role of Streptococcus mutans in Human Dental Decay. Microbiol. Rev. 1986, 50, 353-380.
(5) Overman, P. R. Biofilm: A New View of Plaque. J. Contemp. Dent. Pract. 2000, 1, 18-29.
(6) Ahovuo-Saloranta, A.; Forss, H.; Walsh, T.; Nordblad, A.; Makela, M.; Worthington, H. V. Pit and Fissure Sealants for Preventing Dental Decay in Permanent Teeth. Cochrane Database Syst. Rev. 2017, 7, Cd001830. Baik, A.; Alamoudi, N.; El-Housseiny, A.; Altuwirqi, A. Fluoride Varnishes for Preventing Occlusal Dental Caries: A Review. Dent. J. 2021, 9, 1- 15.
(7) Aoun, A.; Darwiche, F.; Al Hayek, S.; Doumit, J. The Fluoride Debate: The Pros and Cons of Fluoridation. Prev. Nutr. Food Sci. 2018, 23, 171-180. Duffin, S.; Duffin, M.; Grootveld, M. Revisiting Fluoride in the Twenty First Century: Safety and Efficacy Considerations. Front. Oral Health 2022, 3, 873157.
(8) Grandjean, P. Developmental Fluoride Neurotoxicity: An Updated Review. Environ. Health 2019, 18, 110.
(9) Oyanagi, T.; Tagami, J.; Matin, K. Potentials of Mouthwashes in Disinfecting Cariogenic Bacteria and Biofilms Leading to Inhibition of Caries. Open Dent. J. 2012, 6, 23-30.
(10) Kolenbrander, P. E. Oral Microbial Communities: Biofilms, Interactions, and Genetic Systems. Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 2000, 54, 413-437.
(11) Ren, Z.; Chen, L.; Li, J.; Li, Y. Inhibition of Streptococcus mutans Polysaccharide Synthesis by Molecules Targeting Glycosyltransferase Activity. J. Oral Microbiol. 2016, 8, 31095. Ren, Z.; Cui, T.; Zeng, J.; Chen, L.; Zhang, W.; Xu, X.; Cheng, L.; Li, M.; Li, J.; Zhou, X.; Li, Y. Molecule Targeting Glucosyltransferase Inhibits Streptococcus mutans Biofilm Formation and Virulence. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 2015, 60, 126-135. Taubman, M. A.; Nash, D. A. The Scientific and Public Health Imperative for a Vaccine Against Dental Caries. Nat. Rev. Immunol. 2006, 6, 555-563.
(12) Koo, H.; Jeon, J. G. Naturally Occurring Molecules as Alternative Therapeutic Agents Against Cariogenic Biofilms. Adv. Dent. Res. 2009, 21, 63-68.
(13) Jenkinson, H. F.; Lamont, R. J. Oral Microbial Communities in Sickness and in Health. Trends Microbiol. 2005, 13, 589-595. Kolenbrander, P. E.; Andersen, R. N.; Blehert, D. S.; Egland, P. G.; Foster, J. S.; Palmer, R. J., Jr. Communication Among Oral Bacteria.
Microbiol. Mol. Biol. Rev. 2002, 66, 486-505. Kuramitsu, H. K.; He, X.; Lux, R.; Anderson, M. H.; Shi, W. Interspecies Interactions Within Oral Microbial Communities. Microbiol. Mol. Biol. Rev. 2007, 71, 653-670.
(14) Bowden, G. H.; Hamilton, I. R. Survival of Oral Bacteria. Crit. Rev. Oral Biol. Med. 1998, 9, 54-85. Quivey, R. G., Jr.; Kuhnert, W. L.; Hahn, K. Adaptation of Oral Streptococci to Low pH. Adv. Microb. Physiol. 2000, 42, 239-274.
(15) Matsumoto-Nakano, M. Role of Streptococcus mutans Surface Proteins for Biofilm Formation. Jpn. Dent. Sci. Rev. 2018, 54, 22-29.
(16) Yamashita, Y.; Bowen, W. H.; Burne, R. A.; Kuramitsu, H. K. Role of the Streptococcus mutans gtf Genes in Caries Induction in the Specific Pathogen-free Rat Model. Infect. Immun. 1993, 61, 3811-3817.
(17) Aoki, H.; Shiroza, T.; Hayakawa, M.; Sato, S.; Kuramitsu, H. K. Cloning of a Streptococcus mutans Glucosyltransferase Gene Coding for Insoluble Glucan Synthesis. Infect. Immun. 1986, 53, 587-594. Hanada, N.; Kuramitsu, H. K. Isolation and Characterization of the Streptococcus mutans gtfC Gene Coding for Synthesis of Both Soluble and Insoluble Glucans. Infect. Immun. 1988, 56, 1999-2005.
(18) Hanada, N.; Kuramitsu, H. K. Isolation and Characterization of the Streptococcus mutans gtfD Gene Coding for Primer-dependent Soluble Glucan Synthesis. Infect. Immun. 1989, 57, 2079-2085. Monchois, V.; Willemot, R. M.; Monsan, P. Glucansucrases: Mechanism of Action and Structure-function Relationships. FEMS Microbiol. Rev. 1999, 23, 131-151.
(19) Nijampatnam, B.; Ahirwar, P.; Pukkanasut, P.; Womack, H.; Casals, L.; Zhang, H.; Cai, X.; Michalek, S. M.; Wu, H.; Velu, S. E. Discovery of Potent Inhibitors of Streptococcus mutans Biofilm with Antivirulence Activity. ACS Med. Chem. Lett. 2021, 12, 48-55.
(20) Nijampatnam, B.; Casals, L.; Zheng, R.; Wu, H.; Velu, S. E. Hydroxychaicone Inhibitors of Streptococcus mutans Glucosyl transferases and Biofilms as Potential Anticaries Agents. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2016, 26, 3508-3513. Nijampatnam, B.; Zhang, H.; Cai, X.; Michalek, S. M.; Wu, H.; Velu, S. E. Inhibition of Streptococcus mutans Biofilms by the Natural Stilbene Piceatannol Through the Inhibition of Glucosyltransferases. ACS Omega 2018, 3, 8378-8385.
(21) Zhang, Q.; Nijampatnam, B.; Hua, Z.; Nguyen, T.; Zou, J.; Cai, X.; Michalek, S. M.; Velu, S. E.; Wu, H. Structure-Based Discovery of Small Molecule Inhibitors of Cariogenic Virulence. Sei. Rep. 2017, 7, 5974.
(22) Butron Tellez Giron, C.; Hernandez Sierra, J. F.; DeAlba-Montero, I.; Urbano Pena, M. L. A.; Ruiz, F. Therapeutic Use of Silver Nanoparticles in the Prevention and Arrest of Dental Caries. Bioinorg. Chem. Appl. 2020, 2020, 8882930.
(23) Sims, K. R.; Maceren, J. P.; Liu, Y.; Rocha, G. R.; Koo, H.; Benoit, D. S. W. Dual Antibacterial Drug-loaded Nanoparticles Synergistically Improve Treatment of Streptococcus mutans Biofilms. Acta Biomater. 2020, 115, 418-431.
(24) Horev, B.; Klein, M. I.; Hwang, G.; Li, Y.; Kim, D.; Koo, H.; Benoit, D. S. pH-activated nanoparticles for controlled topical delivery of farnesol to disrupt oral biofilm virulence. ACS Nano 2015, 9, 2390-2404. Yi, Y.; Wang, L.; Chen, L.; Lin, Y.; Luo, Z.; Chen, Z.; Li, T.; Wu, J.; Zhong, Z. Farnesal-loaded pH-Sensitive Polymeric Micelles Provided Effective Prevention and Treatment on Dental Caries. J. Nanobiotech. 2020, 18, 89.
(25) Jailani, A.; Kalimuthu, S.; Rajasekar, V.; Ghosh, S.; Collart-Dutilleul, P. Y.; Fatima, N.; Koo, H.; Solomon, A. P.; Cuisinier, F.; Neelakantan, P. Trans-Cinnamaldehyde Eluting Porous Silicon Microparticles Mitigate Cariogenic Biofilms. Pharmaceutics 2022, 14, 1428.
(26) Liu, Y.; Huang, Y.; Kim, D.; Ren, Z.; Oh, M. J.; Cormode, D. P.; Hara, A. T.; Zero, D. T.; Koo, H. Ferumoxytol Nanoparticles Target Biofilms Causing Tooth Decay in the Human Mouth. Nano Lett. 2021, 21, 9442-9449. Liu, Y.; Naha, P. C.; Hwang, G.; Kim, D.; Huang, Y.; Simon-Soro, A.; Jung, H. I.; Ren, Z.; Li, Y.; Gubara, S.; Alawi, F.; Zero, D.; Hara, A. T.;
Cormode, D. P.; Koo, H. Topical Ferumoxytol Nanoparticles Disrupt Biofilms and Prevent Tooth Decay In Vivo via Intrinsic Catalytic Activity. Nat. Commun. 2018, 9, 2920.
(27) Melo, M. A.; Guedes, S. F.; Xu, H. H.; Rodrigues, L. K. Nanotechnology-based Restorative Materials for Dental Caries Management. Trends Biotechnol. 2013, 31, 459-467.
(28) Mohire, N. C.; Yadav, A. V. Chitosan-based Polyherbal Toothpaste: As Novel Oral Hygiene Product. Indian J. Dent. Res. 2010, 21, 380-384.
(29) Seneviratne, C. J.; Leung, K. C.-F.; Wong, C.-H.; Lee, S.-F.; Li, X.; Leung, P. C.; Lau, C. B. S.; Wat, E.; Jin, L. Nanoparticle-Encapsulated Chlorhexidine against Oral Bacterial Biofilms. Pios One 2014, 9, e103234. Zhang, J. F.; Wu, R.; Fan, Y.; Liao, S.; Wang, Y.; Wen, Z. T.; Xu, X. Antibacterial Dental Composites with Chlorhexidine and Mesoporous Silica. J. Dent. Res. 2014, 93, 1283-1289.
(30) Nguyen, S.; Hiorth, M.; Rykke, M.; Smistad, G. Polymer Coated Liposomes for Dental Drug Delivery: Interactions with Parotid Saliva and Dental Enamel. Eur. J. Pharm. Sci. 2013, 50, 78-85. (31) Feitosa, S. A.; Palasuk, J.; Kamocki, K.; Geraldeli, S.; Gregory, R. L.; Platt, J. A.; Windsor, L. J.; Bottino, M. C. Doxycycline-Encapsulated Nanotube-Modified Dentin Adhesives. J. Dent. Res. 2014, 93, 1270-1276.
(32) Zhou, Y.; Yang, J.; Lin, Z.; Li, J.; Liang, K.; Yuan, H.; Li, S.; Li, J. Triclosan-Loaded Poly(amido amine) Dendrimer for Simultaneous Treatment and Remineralization of Human Dentine. Colloids Surf. B. 2014, 115, 237-243.
(33) Naha, P. C.; Liu, Y.; Hwang, G.; Huang, Y.; Gubara, S.; Jonnakuti, V.; Simon-Soro, A.; Kim, D.; Gao, L.; Koo, H.; Cormode, D. P. Dextran-Coated Iron Oxide Nanoparticles as Biomimetic Catalysts for Localized and pH-Activated Biofilm Disruption. ACS Nano 2019, 13, 4960-4971.
(34) Aframian, D. J.; Davidowitz, T.; Benoliel, R. The Distribution of Oral Mucosal pH Values in Healthy Saliva Secretors. Oral Dis. 2006, 12, 420-423. Baliga, S.; Muglikar, S.; Kale, R. Salivary pH: A Diagnostic Biomarker. J. Indian Soc. Periodont. 2013, 17, 461-465.
(35) Lazarchik, D. A.; Filler, S. J. Effects of Gastroesophageal Reflux on the Oral Cavity. Am. J. Med. 1997, 103, 107S-113S.
(36) Markitziu, A.; Aframian, D. Gastro-Intestinal Disorders. Br. Dent. J. 1997, 182, 207.
Robb, N. D.; Smith, B. G.; Geidrys-Leeper, E. The Distribution of Erosion in the Dentitions of Patients with Eating Disorders. Br. Dent. J. 1995, 178, 171-175.
(37) Meyer, F.; Enax, J.; Epple, M.; Amaechi, B. T.; Simader, B. Cariogenic Biofilms: Development, Properties, and Biomimetic Preventive Agents. Dent. J. 2021 , 9, 88.
(38) Lawrence, N. J.; Rennison, D.; McGown, A. T.; Hadfield, J. A. The Total Synthesis of an Aurone Isolated from Uvaria hamiltonii: Aurones and Flavones as Anticancer Agents. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2003, 13, 3759-3763.
(39) Ono, E.; Fukuchi-Mizutani, M.; Nakamura, N.; Fukui, Y.; Yonekura-Sakakibara, K.; Yamaguchi, M.; Nakayama, T.; Tanaka, T.; Kusumi, T.; Tanaka, Y. Yellow Flowers Generated by Expression of the Aurone Biosynthetic Pathway. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 2006, 103, 11075-11080.
(40) Brooks, C. J. W.; Watson, D. G. Phytoalexins. Nat. Prod. Rep. 1985, 2, 427-459.
(41) Morimoto, M.; Fukumoto, H.; Nozoe, T.; Hagiwara, A.; Komai, K. Synthesis and Insect Antifeedant Activity of Aurones against Spodoptera litura Larvae. J. Agric. Food Chem. 2007, 55, 700-705.
(42) Okombi, S.; Rival, D.; Bonnet, S.; Mariotte, A. M.; Perrier, E.; Boumendjel, A. Discovery of Benzylidenebenzofuran-3(2H)-one (aurones) as Inhibitors of Tyrosinase Derived from Human Melanocytes. J. Med. Chem. 2006, 49, 329-333.
(43) Venkateswarlu, S.; Panchagnula, G. K.; Subbaraju, G. V. Synthesis and Antioxidative Activity of 3',4',6,7-Tetrahydroxyaurone, a Metabolite of Bidens frondosa. Biosci. Biotechnol. Biochem. 2004, 68, 2183-2185. (44) Ashok, D.; Rangu, K.; Gundu, S.; Lakkadi, A.; Tigulla, P. Microwave-Assisted Synthesis, Molecular Docking, and Biological Evaluation of 2-Arylidene-2H-furo[2,3-f]chromen-3(7H)- ones as Antioxidant and Antimicrobial Agents. Med. Chem. Res. 2017, 26, 1735-1746. Campanico, A.; Carrasco, M. P.; Njoroge, M.; Seldon, R.; Chibale, K.; Perdigao, J.; Portugal, I.; Warner, D. F.; Moreira, R.; Lopes, F. Azaaurones as Potent Antimycobacterial Agents Active against MDR- and XDR-TB. Chem. Med. Chem. 2019, 14, 1537-1546. Jardosh, H. H.; Patel, M. P. Antimicrobial and Antioxidant Evaluation of New Quinolone Based Aurone Analogs. Arab. J. Chem. 2017, 10, S3781-S3791. Kumar, G.; Lathwal, E.; Saroha, B.; Kumar, S.; Kumar, S.; Chauhan, N. S.; Kumar, T. Synthesis and Biological Evaluation of Quinoline-Based Novel Aurones. Chem. Select 2020, 5, 3539-3543. Tiwari, K. N.;
Monserrat, J.-P.; Hequet, A.; Ganem-Elbaz, C.; Cresteil, T.; Jaouen, G.; Vessieres, A.; Hillard, E. A.; Jolivalt, C. In vitro Inhibitory Properties of FerroceneSubstituted Chaicones and Aurones on Bacterial and Human Cell Cultures. Dalton Trans. 2012, 41, 6451-6457.
(45) Balsera, B.; Mulet, J.; Fernandez-Carvajal, A.; Torre-Martinez, R. d. I.; Ferrer-Montiel, A.; Hernandez-Jimenez, J. G.; Estevez-Herrera, J.; Borges, R.; Freitas, A. E.; Lopez, M. G.; Garcia-Lopez, M. T.; Gonzalez-Muniz, R.; Perez de Vega, M. J.; Valor, L. M.; Svobodova, L.; Sala, S.; Sala, F.; Criado, M. Chaicones as Positive Allosteric Modulators of a7 Nicotinic Acetylcholine Receptors: A New Target for a Privileged Structure. Eur. J. Med. Chem. 2014, 86, 724-739.
(46) Stieger, N.; Liebenberg, W.; Wessels, J. C. UV Spectrophotometric Method for the Identification and Solubility Determination of Nevirapine. Pharmazie 2009, 64, 690-691.
(47) Mota, F. L.; Queimada, A. J.; Pinho, S. P.; Macedo, E. A. Aqueous Solubility of Some Natural Phenolic Compounds. Ind. & Engg. Chem. Res. 2008, 47, 5182-5189.
(48) Lemos, J. A.; Abranches, J.; Koo, H.; Marquis, R. E.; Burne, R. A. Protocols to Study the Physiology of Oral Biofilms. Methods Mol. Biol. 2010, 666, 87-102.
(49) Koo, H.; Falsetta, M. L.; Klein, M. I. The Exopolysaccharide Matrix: A Virulence Determinant of Cariogenic Biofilm. J. Dent. Res. 2013, 92, 1065-1073. Xiao, J.; Klein, M. I.; Falsetta, M. L.; Lu, B.; Delahunty, C. M.; Yates, J. R., 3rd; Heydorn, A.; Koo, H. The Exopolysaccharide Matrix Modulates the Interaction Between 3D Architecture and Virulence of a Mixed-Species Oral Biofilm. PLoS Pathog. 2012, 8, e1002623.
(50) Koo, H.; Xiao, J.; Klein, M. I.; Jeon, J. G. Exopolysaccharides Produced by Streptococcus mutans Glucosyltransferases Modulate the Establishment of Microcolonies Within Multispecies Biofilms. J. Bacteriol. 2010, 192, 3024-3032.
(51) Bowen, W. H.; Koo, H. Biology of Streptococcus mutans Derived Glucosyltransferases: Role in Extracellular Matrix Formation of Cariogenic Biofilms. Caries Res. 2011, 45, 69-86.
(52) Huffines, J. T.; Scoffield, J. A. Disruption of Streptococcus mutans and Candida albicans Synergy by a Commensal Streptococcus. Sci. Rep. 2020, 10, 19661. Huffines, J. T.; Stoner, S. N.; Baty, J. J.; Scoffield, J. A. Nitrite Triggers Reprogramming of the Oral Polymicrobial Metabolome by a Commensal Streptococcus. Front. Cell Infect. Microbiol. 2022, 12, 833339.
(53) Kabsch, W. XDS. Acta Crystallogr. D. 2010, 66, 125-132. Kabsch, W. Integration, Scaling, Space-Group Assignment and Post-Refinement. Acta Crystallogr. D Biol. Crystallogr. 2010, 66, 133-144.
(54) Evans, P. R. An Introduction to Data Reduction: Space-Group Determination, Scaling and Intensity Statistics. Acta Crystallogr. D Biol. Crystallogr. 2011 , 67, 282-292.
(55) Winn, M. D.; Ballard, C. C.; Cowtan, K. D.; Dodson, E. J.; Emsley, P.; Evans, P. R.; Keegan, R. M.; Krissinel, E. B.; Leslie, A. G.; McCoy, A.; McNicholas, S. J.; Murshudov, G. N.; Pannu, N. S.; Potterton, E. A.; Powell, H. R.; Read, R. J.; Vagin, A.; Wilson, K. S. Overview of the CCP4 Suite and Current Developments. Acta Crystallogr. D Biol.
Crystallogr. 2011, 67, 235-242.
(56) Murshudov, G. N.; Vagin, A. A.; Dodson, E. J. Refinement of Macromolecular Structures by the Maximum-Likelihood Method. Acta Crystallogr. D Biol. Crystallogr. 1997, 53, 240-255.
(57) Afonine, P. V.; Grosse-Kunstleve, R. W.; Echols, N.; Headd, J. J.; Moriarty, N. W.; Mustyakimov, M.; Terwilliger, T. C.; Urzhumtsev, A.; Zwart, P. H.; Adams, P. D. Towards Automated Crystallographic Structure Refinement with Phenix. refine. Acta Crystallogr. D Biol. Crystallogr. 2012, 68, 352-367. Liebschner, D.; Afonine, P. V.; Baker, M. L.; Bunkoczi, G.; Chen, V. B.; Croll, T. I.; Hintze, B.; Hung, L. W.; Jain, S.; McCoy, A. J.; Moriarty, N. W.; Oeffner, R. D.; Poon, B. K.; Prisant, M. G.; Read, R. J.; Richardson, J. S.; Richardson, D. C.; Sammito, M. D.; Sobolev, O. V.; Stockwell, D. H.; Terwilliger, T. C.; Urzhumtsev, A. G.;
Videau, L. L.; Williams, C. J.; Adams, P. D. Macromolecular Structure Determination Using X-rays, Neutrons and Electrons: Recent Developments in Phenix. Acta Crystallogr. D Struct. Biol. 2019, 75, 861-877.
(58) Emsley, P.; Lohkamp, B.; Scott, W. G.; Cowtan, K. Features and Development of Coot. Acta Crystallogr. D Biol. Crystallogr. 2010, 66, 486-501.
(59) Davies, G. J.; Wilson, K. S.; Henrissat, B. Nomenclature for Sugar-Binding Subsites in Glycosyl Hydrolases. Biochem. J. 1997, 321 ( Pt 2), 557-559.
(60) Zhang, Q.; Ma, Q.; Wang, Y.; Wu, H.; Zou, J. Molecular Mechanisms of Inhibiting Glucosyltransferases for Biofilm Formation in Streptococcus mutans. Int. J. Oral Sci. 2021, 13, 30.
(61) Cusack, K. P.; Arnold, L. D.; Barberis, C. E.; Chen, H.; Ericsson, A. M.; Gaza-Bulseco, G. S.; Gordon, T. D.; Grinnell, C. M.; Harsch, A.; Pellegrini, M.; Tarcsa, E. A 13C NMR Approach to Categorizing Potential Limitations of a,p-Unsaturated Carbonyl Systems in Drug-Like Molecules. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2004, 14, 5503-5507.
(62) McGovern, S. L.; Helfand, B. T.; Feng, B.; Shoichet, B. K. A Specific Mechanism of Nonspecific Inhibition. J. Med. Chem. 2003, 46, 4265-4272.
(63) Kozlovskaya, V.; Chen, J.; Tedjo, C.; Liang, X.; Campos-Gomez, J.; Oh, J.; Saeed, M.; Lungu, C. T.; Kharlampieva, E. pH-Responsive Hydrogel Cubes for Release of Doxorubicin in Cancer Cells. J. Mater. Chem. B. 2014, 2, 2494-2507.
(64) Xue, B.; Kozlovskaya, V.; Liu, F.; Chen, J.; Williams, J. F.; Campos-Gomez, J.; Saeed, M.; Kharlampieva, E. Intracellular Degradable Hydrogel Cubes and Spheres for Anti-Cancer Drug Delivery. ACS Appl. Mater. Interfac. 2015, 7, 13633-13644.
(65) Xue, B.; Wang, W.; Qin, J. J.; Nijampatnam, B.; Murugesan, S.; Kozlovskaya, V.; Zhang, R.; Velu, S. E.; Kharlampieva, E. Highly Efficient Delivery of Potent Anticancer Iminoquinone Derivative by Multilayer Hydrogel Cubes. Acta Biomater. 2017, 58, 386-398.
(66) Liu, P.; Luo, Q.; Guan, Y.; Zhang, Y. Drug Release Kinetics from Monolayer Films of Glucose-Sensitive Microgel. Polymer 2010, 51, 2668-2675. Sun, S.; Wu, P. A One-Step Strategy for Thermal- and pH-Responsive Graphene Oxide Interpenetrating Polymer Hydrogel Networks. J. Mater. Chem. B. 2011 , 21, 4095-4097.
(67) Hazlett, K. R.; Michalek, S. M.; Banas, J. A. Inactivation of the gbpA Gene of Streptococcus mutans Increases virulence and Promotes In Vivo Accumulation of Recombinations Between the Glucosyltransferase B and C Genes. Infect. Immun. 1998, 66, 2180-2185. Michalek, S. M.; McGhee, J. R.; Shiota, T.; Devenyns, D. Virulence of Streptococcus mutans'. Cariogenicity of S. mutans in Adult Gnotobiotic Rats. Infect. Immun. 1977, 15, 466-471.
(68) Keyes, P. H. Dental Caries in the Molar Teeth of Rats. II. A Method for Diagnosing and Scoring Several Types of Lesions Simultaneously. J. Dent. Res. 1958, 37, 1088-1099.
(69) Liu, C.; Worthington, R. J.; Melander, C.; Wu, H. A New Small Molecule Specifically Inhibits the Cariogenic Bacterium Streptococcus mutans in Multispecies Biofilms. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 2011, 55, 2679-2687.
(70) Zhang, Q.; Nguyen, T.; McMichael, M.; Velu, S. E.; Zou, J.; Zhou, X.; Wu, H. New Small-Molecule Inhibitors of Dihydrofolate Reductase Inhibit Streptococcus mutans. Int. J. Antimicrob. Agents 2015, 46, 174-182.
(71) Lynch, D. J.; Michalek, S. M.; Zhu, M.; Drake, D.; Qian, F.; Banas, J. A. Cariogenicity of Streptococcus mutans Glucan-Binding Protein Deletion Mutants. Oral Health Dent. Manag. 2013, 12, 191-199. Peng, X.; Zhang, Y.; Bai, G.; Zhou, X.; Wu, H. Cyclic di-AMP mediates biofilm formation. Mol. Microbiol. 2016, 99, 945-959.
(72) Mieher, J. L.; Schormann, N.; Patel, M.; Wu, H.; Deivanayagam, C. Cloning, Expression, Purification, and Preliminary Characterization of Single-Crystal X-Ray Diffraction of Glucosyltransferase B of Streptococcus mutans. N. Prod. Commun. 2019, 14, 5.
(73) McCoy, A. J.; Grosse-Kunstleve, R. W.; Adams, P. D.; Winn, M. D.; Storoni, L. C.; Read, R. J. Phaser crystallographic software. J. Appl. Crystallogr. 2007, 40, 658-674. (74) Kovalevskiy, O.; Nicholls, R. A.; Long, F.; Carlon, A.; Murshudov, G. N. Overview of refinement procedures within REFMAC5: utilizing data from different sources. Acta Crystallogr. D Struct. Biol. 2018, 74, 215-227. Murshudov, G. N.; Skubak, P.; Lebedev, A. A.; Pannu, N. S.; Steiner, R. A.; Nicholls, R. A.; Winn, M. D.; Long, F.; Vagin, A. A. REFMAC5 for the refinement of macromolecular crystal structures. Acta Crystallogr. D Biol. Crystallogr. 2011 , 67, 355-367. Murshudov, G. N.; Vagin, A. A.; Dodson, E. J. Refinement of Macromolecular Structures by the Maximum-Likelihood Method. Acta Crystallogr. D Biol. Crystallogr. 1997, 53, 240-255.
(75) Emsley, P.; Cowtan, K. Coot: model-building tools for molecular graphics. Acta Crystallogr. D Biol. Crystallogr. 2004, 60, 2126-2132. Emsley, P.; Lohkamp, B.; Scott, W. G.; Cowtan, K. Features and Development of Coot. Acta Crystallogr. D Biol. Crystallogr. 2010, 66, 486-501 .
EXAMPLE 2
This study focuses on the development of a novel drug delivery platform for the pH- responsive delivery of biofilm inhibitors as a potential avenue to prevent and treat dental caries. Streptococcus mutans is the primary etiological agent for dental caries. The potential of two previously reported biofilm inhibitors for HA5 and HA6 to be therapeutics that have species-specific selectivity towards S. mutans and the ability to preserve the oral microbiome is demonstrated by characterizing the rat oral microbiome in a S. mutans induced dental caries model. Inhibitors HA5 and HA6 were encapsulated into pH-responsive block copolymer vesicles (polymersomes) to generate polymersome-encapsulated biofilm inhibitors, PEHA5 and PEHA6, respectively and their biofilm and growth inhibitory activities against S. mutans and representative strains of oral commensal streptococci have been assessed. The in vivo drug release and antivirulence activities of PEHA5 have been demonstrated in a S. mutans induced rat caries model. A 4-week treatment of S. mutans UA159 infected gnotobiotic rats with 100 iM of PEHA5 resulted in significant reductions in buccal, sulcal, and proximal caries scores compared to an untreated control group without affecting bacterial colonization significantly. The results were comparable to HA5 treatment alone. Taken together, our data suggests that the biofilm-selective therapy using the polymersome-encapsulated biofilm inhibitors is a viable approach for the prevention and treatment of dental caries while preserving the oral microbiome.
Dental caries, commonly known as tooth decay, is a ubiquitous bacterial infectious disease that causes demineralization of enamel and dentin111. A recent Lancet study of global burden of 328 major diseases recognizes dental caries as the most prevalent disease worldwide [2]. Although dental plaque contains more than 700 bacterial species living in complex bacterial communities called biofilms, the gram-positive bacterium Streptococcus mutans, characterized by its ability to form tenacious biofilms is considered to be the primary etiological agent for this disease [34]. Biofilm formation is initiated by the attachment of commensal streptococci such as Streptococcus sanguinis and Streptococcus gordonii to the tooth surface and the subsequent intra- and inter-species microbial interactions [5'7]. Low numbers of cariogenic bacteria often live together with their benign commensal counterparts in the oral cavity as multispecies biofilm communities [8'101. Under the disease conditions, pathogenic bacteria overgrow the commensals disturbing the delicate balance between them [1112]. Current antimicrobial treatments for dental caries such as oral rinses affect both pathogenic and commensal bacteria alike. Therefore, it would be beneficial if the studies aimed at developing new caries treatments focus on identifying antibiofilm agents that have no adverse impact on the growth of oral commensal species. One of the strategies to accomplish this goal is by developing inhibitors of S. mutans virulence factors such as extracellular glucosyl transferases (Gtfs) [13]. S. mutans secreted enzymes GtfB and GtfC are primarily responsible for the synthesis of water-insoluble glucans [14151 and GtfD is responsible for the synthesis of water-soluble glucans [1617]. Functions of S. mutans Gtfs are essential for the glucan synthesis, biofilm formation and the resulting cariogenesis [13]. Therefore, inhibiting S. mutans Gtfs is an excellent strategy to specifically inhibit its biofilm formation without affecting its viability and the viability of oral commensal bacterial species. Two such S. mutans Gtf inhibitors reported from our lab are compounds HA5 and HA6 [18].
The goal of the present study is to encapsulate HA5 or HA6 in pH-responsive polymer nanoplatforms and explore their on-demand pH-responsive delivery in the oral cavity to prevent or treat dental caries. The pH-responsive delivery of antibacterial agents is a highly desirable approach to treat dental caries as the pH level in oral cavity is one of the critical factors contributing to the demineralization process of tooth enamel. The human salivary system maintains a healthy non-harmful pH of 6.0 - 7.5 in the oral cavity [19 201 under physiological conditions controlled by three buffer systems: 1) bicarbonate, 2) phosphate and 3) salivary proteins [2122]. Under pathogenic oral conditions, biofilm ferments the dietary carbohydrates to produce acidic byproducts such as lactic acid leading to a drop in salivary pH to less than 5.5, which is harmful to the tooth enamel and dentin [2124]. Therefore, dental caries treatment would tremendously benefit from an antibiofilm agent that is delivered on the tooth surface in a pH-responsive manner.
Given the challenges of poor solubility of small molecule antibacterial agents, difficulty of penetration into biofilms, and lack of retention of the drugs within biofilm, the use of nanomaterials for the localized delivery of antibacterial agents is a prudent approach to treat dental caries [25-291. Examples of such studies are the delivery of farnesol and myricetin using nanoparticle carriers to inhibit biofilm [301, delivery of farnesol using pH-responsive micelles (PPi-Far-PM) [31] and the use of nano systems such as mesoporous silica nanoparticle (MSN) [3233], liposome [34], halloysite nanotube (HNT) [35], and polyamidoamine (PAMAM) [36] for controlled release of anticaries drugs. However, none of these approaches have been translated to clinical use so far as their in vivo efficacies are either modest or unproven.
Our interest is focused on developing a novel polymersome drug delivery system with built-in pH-sensitivity for the delivery of biofilm inhibitors as a potential caries treatment. Polymersomes are hollow polymeric spheres with an aqueous core and a polymer membrane that has close similarity to the membrane of liposomes [3738]. Polymersomes are ideal delivery platforms for small-molecule biofilm inhibitors as their amphiphilicity makes them capable of encapsulating both hydrophilic and hydrophobic molecules in their core and polymer shell, respectively [39]. Polymersomes are mechanically robust with efficient drug loading capacity and ability to respond to environmental stimuli such as pH or temperature [40'42]. Such polymer vesicles made from block copolymers of polybutadiene-b-poly(L- glutamic acid) and polyethyloxide-p-polycaprolactam have been shown to release their cargo through the vesicle disassembly due to the presence of the degradable bonds within their structure [42]. We specifically designed spherical block copolymer vesicles to encapsulate our less water-soluble biofilm inhibitors. These hollow vesicles were self-assembled from poly(N- vinylpyrrolidone)8-b/oc -poly(dimethylsiloxane)64-Woc -poly(N-vinyl-pyrrolidone)8 (PVPON8- PDMS64-PVPONS) block copolymer into ~30-nm spherical hollow nanovesicles via a nanoprecipitation method. The synthesis was carried out by the reversible additionfragmentation chain transfer (RAFT) polymerization we have reported previously [43]. Due to the presence of acid-labile ester (-COO-) linkages between PDMS and PVPON blocks, the assembled polymersome vesicles are degraded at pH < 5 and release the cargo [43].
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Biofilm inhibitors HA5 and HA6 are excellent candidates for polymersome encapsulation as they inhibited S. mutans biofilm with IC50 values of 6.42 iM and 18.92 .M, respectively without affecting the growth of commensal species S. gordonii and S. sanguinis at their biofilm inhibiting doses [18]. They were also found to have solubilities of 120.09 ig I mL and 90.77 pg I mL, suitable for the encapsulation into polymersome vesicles [18]. Both inhibitors HA5 and HA6 were synthesized in large scale using the synthetic protocols reported from our lab recently [18].
Detailed evaluation of Gtf inhibition, biofilm inhibition and growth inhibition activities of compound HA5 has already been reported in our prior publication [18]. Additional in vitro and in vivo evaluations were conducted for compound HA6 to ensure its suitability for encapsulation as described in the following sections.
Biofilm and growth inhibition by HA6
Compound HA6 inhibited S. mutans biofilm in a dose dependent manner with an IC50 value of 18.92 ± 0.39 pM (Fig. 2.2A). Staining of bacterial cells within biofilms with Syto-9 showed significant reduction in biofilms at 15 pM and a complete inhibition at 30 pM of HA6 (Fig. 2.2E-I). The presence of glucans, which were stained with Cascade Blue-dextran conjugated dye, was significantly reduced at 15 pM and no glucan formation was evident at 30 pM of HA6 (Fig. 2.2E-II). In addition, propidium iodide was used to determine the presence of extracellular DNA (eDNA) in S. mutans biofilms. Again, there was a noticeable reduction of eDNA at 15 pM and almost complete absence of eDNA at 30 pM of HA6 (Fig. 2.2E-III). These findings reaffirm that compound HA6 inhibited S. mutans biofilms by preventing the synthesis of glucans and minimizing the presence of eDNA, two integral biofilm matrix elements crucial for S. mutans biofilm formation.
To determine if HA6 only selectively inhibits S. mutans biofilms without affecting the planktonic growth of S. mutans and oral commensal species, the effects of HA6 on the viability of two representative oral commensal streptococci, S. gordonii and S. sanguinis, along with S. mutans at 25 pM and 50 pM doses were evaluated. As shown in Fig. 2.2B, compound HA6 did not inhibit the growth of S. sanguinis, while it showed about 10 % inhibition of the growth of S. gordonii compared to the control groups at these doses that are much higher than its biofilm IC50 value of 18.92 pM. Similarly, the compound HA6 did not inhibit S. mutans viability at these doses (Fig. 2.2B). In addition, we have demonstrated that HA6 did not significantly reduce the biofilms of the commensal species S. gordonii and S. Sanguinis at 25 pM (Fig. 2.2C-D).
Effect of HA5 of HA6 on rat oral microbiome.
Although HA5 and HA6 are efficient inhibitors of S. mutans biofilm and cariogenic activity [18], it is important to ensure that these compounds do not have any deleterious impact on the healthy oral microbial community. To understand how these compounds affect the residential bacterial community, we conducted an in vivo evaluation of both HA5 and HA6 and compared to the untreated and NaF-treated rats using a well-established gnotobiotic rat model of dental caries [50'541. Treatment groups used in this study were inhibitor HA5 (100 pM), inhibitor HA6 (100 pM), and vehicle. A LIA159 infection only group served as a negative control and a NaF (250 ppm) served as a positive control. All rats from the experimental groups and from the control groups were colonized with S. mutans LIA159. A 4-week treatment of infected gnotobiotic rats with HA5 or HA6 resulted in significant reductions in buccal caries scores from the enamel (E) and dentinal slight (Ds), dentinal medium (Dm), and dentinal extensive (Dx) compared to control groups (Table 1). Similar reductions were observed in sulcal and proximal caries scores (Table 2). The effect of the treatment on dentinal moderate (Dm) and dentinal extensive (Dx) scores in the proximal area were not recorded as there were no observable caries lesions in both control and the treated groups. The observed reductions in caries scores by HA5 or HA6 were slightly lower than the positive control NaF treatment. However, it should be noted that the concentration of NaF (250 ppm = 5.95 mM) is about 59-fold higher than the inhibitor treatment dose of 100 pM. In addition, the rats treated with the compound HA5 or HA6 did not experience significant weight loss over the course of the study, suggesting that the compounds are non-toxic (Table 3). Furthermore, HA5 or HA6 treatment did not affect bacterial colonization significantly compared to control group (Table 3). Table 1 : Effect of HA5 or HA6 treatment on S. mutans LIA159 induced buccal caries.
Buccal Mean Treatment
Caries Scores Group
(± SEM)
E Ds Dm Dx
UA159 infected and 13.2 ± 0.4 9.2 ± 0.6 6.2 ± 0.7 3.6 ± 0.4 untreated
HA5 treated (100 pM) 7.8 ± 0.4 6.6 ± 0.5 3.6 ± 0.4 2.2 ± 0.7
HA6 treated (100 pM) 8.2 ± 0.7 6.8 ± 0.5 4.0 ± 0.7 1.2 ± 0.5
NaF treated (250 ppm) 6.2 ± 0.9 3.2 ± 0.9 1.6 ± 0.5 0.4 ± 0.2
Enamel (E); Dentinal slight (Ds); Dentinal moderate (Dm); Dentinal extensive (Dx), n = 5.
Table 2: Effect of HA5 or HA6 treatment on S. mutans LIA159 induced sulcal and proximal caries.
Mean Caries Scores (± SEM) Proximal Mean
Treatment Sulcal Mean Caries Scores Caries Scores
Group (± SEM) (± SEM)
E Ds Dm Dx E Ds
UA159 infected and untreated 25.8 ± 1.2 18.8 ± 1.3 12.8 ± 0.7 6.6 ± 0.3 8.0 ± 0.0 5.8 ± 0.7
HA5 treated (100 pM) 16.4 ± 2.2 11.2 ± 0.6 4.6 ± 0.2 1.0 ± 0.3 1.0 ± 0.3 0.0 ± 0.0
HA6 treated (100 pM) 14.6 ± 0.9 11.2 ± 0.7 6.4 ± 0.4 1.6 ± 0.4 1.2 ± 0.8 0.0 ± 0.0 NaF treated (250 ppm) 15.2 ± 0.7 10.4 ± 0.5 5.4 ± 0.4 1.6 ± 0.5 0.0 ± 0.0 0.0 ± 0.0
Enamel (E); Dentinal slight (Ds); Dentinal moderate (Dm); Dentinal extensive (Dx), n = 5.
Table 3: Effect of HA5 or HA6 treatment on S. mutans LIA159 CFU and the body weight of the treated animals.
Treatment CFU/ml_ (x105) Animals
Group
MS BAP Weight (g) Number
UA159 infected and 2.3 ± 1.2 3.3 ± 2.0 161 ± 12 5 untreated
HA5 treated (100 iM) 2.2 ± 0.8 3.9 ± 1.4 156 ± 16 5
HA6 treated (100 iM) 1.3 ± 0.4 1.9 ± 0.5 165 ± 13 5
NaF treated (250 ppm) 1.6 ± 0.6 2.8 ± 0.7 145 ± 12 5
Mitis-Salivarius agar (MS); Blood agar plate (BAP)
During this study, rat oral microbiome samples were collected from individual rats (n = 5) at the following time points: before the experiment (Native), after inoculation of S. mutans and the start of a caries-promoting diet (Sm+CPD), after two weeks of treatment with the compound (2-week), and at the end of the study (END). The microbiota between the groups at different time points was analyzed for oral bacterial composition and abundance. Oral swabs collected before and after interventions with these compounds were analyzed using the 16s rRNA gene sequencing method. Both ‘within’ (alpha diversity) and ‘between’ (beta diversity) sample diversities were calculated over time for each treatment group using MicrobiomeAnalyst 2.0 [55].
The major phyla detected in the study are Firmicutes, Proteobacteria, Bacteroides, Actinobacteria, Verrucomicrobia, Epsilonbacteraeota, Tenericutes, Cyanobacteria, and Spirochaetes. Phylum level comparison of oral microbiome samples from initial infection of S. mutans after 2-week of treatment and 4-week treatment showed that the phylum Firmicutes dominated the native microbiome and to a lesser extent by phyla Proteobacteria and Bacteroides. Treatment with the compounds HA5 or HA6 did not perturb the overall rat oral microbiome at phylum levels significantly (Fig. 2.3A). Each color represents 1 phylum, and the length of the bar reflects relative abundance. The results were similar to the NaF treatment and the control: infected untreated animals.
The family level comparison within the major phylum, Firmicutes from the initial infection of S. mutans to after 4-week of treatment was carried out. The major families detected within the phylum Firmicutes throughout the study are Lachnospiraceae, Ruminococcaceae, Lactobacillaceae, Erysipelotrichaceae, and Streptococcaceae. Each color represents 1 family, and the length of bar reflects relative abundance (Fig. 2.3B). The results suggested that the Lachnospiraceae family dominated in the native microbiome and, to a lesser extent by families Ruminococcaceae and Lactobacillaceae and the treatment with compounds HA5 or HA6 did not perturb the overall rat oral microbiome significantly within this phylum (Fig. 2.3B). However, an increase in the abundance of the Streptococcaceae family was observed during the second week of the study for untreated and fluoride treated groups. This increase was not sustained till the end of the study as the week 4 abundance of Streptococcaceae composition was found to be similar to the native group suggesting that the observed increase in abundance during week 2 was likely an experimental artifact. Overall, the results of compound treatment were similar to NaF treatment and the control: infected untreated animals.
The principal component analysis plots of alpha-diversity of all animals in groups over time: Native (black) and END (gray) are presented in Fig. 2.3C. As in untreated control groups, the compounds treated groups also maintained an increasing trend in the alpha diversity at the end of the treatment. Both compounds HA5 and HA6 maintained the beta diversity without any significant deviations (PERMANOVA, P-value > 0.05) from the native community (Fig. 2.3D). None of the groups showed any change in the community after Sm + CPD treatment, except the NaF-treated group (PERMANOVA, P-value > 0.001), where the community was shifted, and the samples were clustered separately. However, after 2 weeks of treatment, it shifted closer to the native state. Similar to what we observed in the untreated group, the intervention for a total of 4 weeks with these compounds did not show any shift in the oral bacterial community, indicating the harmless nature of these compounds towards other commensal bacteria in the oral cavity.
Killing and elimination of S. mutans by synthetic antimicrobial peptide C16G2 in an in vitro oral biofilm model in saliva also nonspecifically eliminated noncariogenic species, leading to a drastic shift of the structure of the microbiota [56]. A novel small molecule 3F1 significantly reduced caries scores in vivo without affecting the rat oral microbiome [571. Our microbiome analysis data suggests that the novel small molecules HA5 and HA6 can significantly reduce the caries scores in vivo without affecting the rat oral microbiome similar to 3F1, and the inhibition of S. mutans biofilm is sufficient to decrease the incidence of dental caries. Any type of dysbiosis in the oral microbiota may favor the dental caries promoting organisms and result in adverse effects. Thus, targeting the bacterial species that promote dental carries without any major perturbation to normal healthy microbiota has greater implications in maintaining dental health. Design of pH-responsive polymersome vesicles.
Spherical block copolymer vesicles that allow the encapsulation of both hydrophilic and hydrophobic drugs were designed and synthesized. The hollow block copolymer vesicles were assembled from PVPON8-PDMS64-PVPON8 block copolymer into ~30 nm vesicles using a nanoprecipitation method [5859]. The block-copolymer was synthesized by reversible addition-fragmentation chain transfer (RAFT) polymerization of N-vinylpyrrolidone (VPON) from PDMS as we have previously reported (Fig. 2.4A) [60]. In this protocol, bis(hydroxyalkyl) poly (dimethylsiloxane) (PDMS64) was first modified with 2-bromopropionyl bromide followed by potassium ethyl xanthogenate resulting in the PDMS macro-initiator. PVPON8-PDMS64-PVPONS was synthesized by RAFT polymerization of N-vinylpyrrolidone (VPON) monomer by controlling the reaction time with a feed ratio of 1:1:95 by weight of PDMS-initiator / AIBN / monomer. Monomer conversion and the molecular weight of the purified copolymer were determined by 1H-NMR (Fig. 2.4B) and was found to be Mn = 7,070 g/mol.
Due to the presence of acid labile ester linkages between PDMS and PVPON blocks in the block-copolymer, the assembled polymersome vesicles are degraded when pH is lowered to < 5. Fig. 2.4D shows that turbidity of the empty vesicle solution (2 mL, 0.5 mg I mL) incubated in 0.01 M phosphate buffer at pH = 3 at 37 °C for 24 h decreased two times as measured by fluorescence spectroscopy (Varian, Cary Eclipse) at A = 700 nm. The images of the vesicle solution before and after the pH exposure demonstrate that the lowering of pH resulted in the vesicle degradation as indicated by the transparent solution (Fig. 2.4C).
Polymersome encapsulation of compounds HA5 or HA6.
The PVPON-b-PDMS-b-PVPON triblock-copolymer solution in ethanol (5.0 mg/mL; 1 mL) was added dropwise to 4.0 mL of HA5 (0.045 mg/mL), or HA6 (0.035 mg/mL), solution in DI water at room temperature and left stirring for 2 h. Then, the obtained solution was dialysed in DI water for 48 h using a Float-a-Lyzer (MWCO 1000 Da, Fisher Scientific) to remove ethanol, followed by dialysis in DI water for 72 h using a Float-a-Lyzer (MWCO 100 kDa, Fisher Scientific) to remove an excess of the drug. The hydrodynamic sizes of purified PEHA5 and PEHA6 were measured using a Nano-ZS Zetasizer (Malvern Pananalytical) equipped with a He-Ne laser (663 nm) at 25 °C. The average hydrodynamic diameters were measured to be 33 ± 10 nm for empty vesicles, and 33 ± 11 nm and 28 ± 9 nm for PEHA5 and PEHA6, respectively (Fig. 2.4E). The concentration of encapsulated drug was calculated using a UV-visible spectroscopy using calibration curves for HA5 (Amax =444 nm) and HA6 (Amax =412 nm) (Fig. 2.4F). Biofilm and growth inhibitory activities of PEHA5.
Prior to in vivo evaluations, the biofilm inhibitory activities of PEHA5 were investigated. PEHA5 inhibited S. mutans biofilm in a dose-dependent manner with an IC50 value of 12.04 ± 1.51 pM (Fig. 2.5A). Staining of the bacterial cells within biofilms with Syto- 9 showed significant reduction in biofilms at 10 pM and a complete inhibition at 20 pM of PEHA5 (Fig. 2.5E-I). The presence of glucans, which were stained with Cascade Blue- dextran conjugated dye, was significantly reduced at 10 pM and no glucan formation was evident at 20 pM of PEHA5 (Fig. 2.5E-II). In addition, propidium iodide was used to determine the presence of eDNA in S. mutans biofilms. Again, there was a noticeable reduction of eDNA at 10 pM and almost complete absence of eDNA at 20 pM of PEHA5 (Fig. 2.5E-III). These findings reaffirm that PEHA5 exhibited S. mutans biofilm inhibitory activities similar to what is reported for unencapsulated compound HA5 [18]. The effects of unloaded polymersome vesicles on S. mutans biofilm were compared with the control (1 % DMSO) and the biofilm inhibitory activities of PEHA5 and HA5 at a single dose 50 pM concentration. Clearly, empty polymersome vesicles did not inhibit the biofilm as compared to 80 % inhibition by PEHA5 and 95 % inhibition by HA5 (Fig. 2.5B). The planktonic growth of S. mutans was not affected by PEHA5 at the range of doses of 5 pM - 50 pM (Fig. 2.5C). In addition, the effect of PEHA5 on the planktonic growth of two commensal Streptococci, S. gordonii and S. Sanguinis were compared with the control (1 % DMSO) and HA5 at a single treatment dose of 50 pM. Compared to control, PEHA5 slightly inhibited the growth of S. gordonii and S. sanguinis at this dose, but the effects were minimal (Fig. 2.5D).
Biofilm and growth inhibitory activities of PEHA6.
The biofilm inhibitory activities of PEHA6 were investigated. PEHA6 inhibited S. mutans biofilm in a dose-dependent manner with an IC50 value of 8.09 ± 2.92 pM (Fig. 2.6A). Staining of the bacterial cells within biofilms with Syto-9 showed significant reduction in biofilms at 10 pM and a complete inhibition at 20 pM of PEHA6 (Fig. 2.6E-I). The presence of glucans, which were stained with Cascade Blue-dextran conjugated dye, was significantly reduced at 10 pM and no glucan formation was evident at 20 pM of PEHA6 (Fig. 2.6E-II). In addition, propidium iodide was used to determine the presence of eDNA in S. mutans biofilms. Again, there was a substantial decrease in eDNA at 10 pM and almost complete absence of eDNA at 20 pM of PEHA6 (Fig. 2.6E-III). These findings suggest that PEHA6 demonstrated S. mutans biofilm inhibitory activities comparable to unencapsulated compound HA6. The effects of PEHA6 on S. mutans biofilm were compared with the control (1 % DMSO) and the biofilm inhibitory activities of HA5 and HA6 side by side at a single dose, 50 pM concentration. Clearly, PEHA6 inhibited 95 % of the biofilm closely resembling the efficacy of HA6, with HA5 showing an 85 % inhibition of biofilm (Fig. 2.6B). The planktonic growth of S. mutans was not affected by PEHA6 at the range of doses of 5 ,M - 50 jiM (Fig. 2.6C). In addition, the effect of PEHA6 on the planktonic growth of S. mutans was compared with HA5, HA6 at 50 iM . Compared to control, PEHA6 and HA6 inhibited the planktonic growth slightly while HA5 did not inhibit the growth significantly at this dose (Fig. 2.6D).
Reduction of S. mutans virulence in vivo by PEHA5
The effect of PEHA5 on S. mutans colonization and virulence was compared side-by- side with HA5 using a well-established gnotobiotic rat model of dental caries [50'541. A (vehicle + infection only) group was included as a negative control. All rats from the experimental groups and from the control group were colonized with S. mutans LIA159. A 4-week treatment of S. mutans LIA159 infected gnotobiotic rats with 100 iM of PEHA5 or HA5 resulted in significant reductions in buccal caries scores for enamel (E), dentinal slight (Ds), dentinal moderate (Dm), and dentinal extensive (Dx) lesions compared to control groups (Table 4). Similar reductions in caries scores were also observed in sulcal caries scores and proximal caries scores (Table 5). We were unable to record the effect of the treatment on dentinal moderate (Dm) and dentinal extensive (Dx) scores in the proximal area due to the absence of dentinal lesions in the control and treated groups. The observed reductions in caries scores by PEHA5 were comparable with HA5, with the PEHA5 displaying slightly better in vivo activity, possibly due to the slow pH-dependent release of the drug from PEHA5 over the treatment period. In addition, the rats treated with PEHA5 or HA5 did not experience any weight loss over the course of the study in comparison with the control group, suggesting the non-toxic nature of the material and the compound (Table 6). Furthermore, PEHA5 or HA5 treatment did not affect bacterial colonization significantly (Table 6). Overall, our data suggests that PEHA5 releases HA5 under the acidic conditions of the dental caries infected oral cavity and reduce the cariogenic activity. The reductions in caries scores produced by PEHA5 is comparable to that achieved by HA5 treatment alone.
Table 4: Effect of PEHA5 or HA5 treatment on S. mutans LIA159 induced buccal caries.
Buccal Mean Treatment
Caries Scores Group
(± SEM)
E Ds Dm Dx
UA1 59 infected and 13.8 ± 0.9 11.4 ± 0.5 8.2 ± 0.4 5.6 ± 0.7 untreated PEHA5 treated (100jdVI) 7.4 ± 0.6 5.4 ± 0.7 4.0 ± 0.6 1.4 ± 0.9
HA5 treated (100JJ,M) 9.0 ± 0.6 6.4 ± 1.0 2.8 ± 0.5 1.4 ± 0.4
Enamel (E); Dentinal slight (Ds); Dentinal moderate (Dm); Dentinal extensive (Dx)
Table 5: Effect of PEHA5 or HA5 treatment on S. mutans LIA159 induced sulcal and proximal caries.
Mean Caries Scores (± SEM) Proximal Mean
Treatment Sulcal Mean Caries Scores Caries Scores
Group (± SEM) (± SEM)
E Ds Dm Dx E Ds
UA159 infected and untreated 24.2 ± 0.9 18.4 ± 0.7 13.4 ± 0.9 7.0 ± 0.3 6.8 ± 0.8 4.6 ± 1.0
PEHA5 treated (100jiM) 16.0 ± 0.8 12.6 ± 0.7 6.6 ± 0.5 2.6 ± 0.5 4.0 ± 1.1 1.6 ± 1.0
HA5 treated (100pM) 20.6 ± 0.8 15.0 ± 0.9 9.4 ± 0.5 4.8 ± 0.9 5.2 ± 0.5 3.4 ± 0.6
Enamel (E); Dentinal slight (Ds); Dentinal moderate (Dm); Dentinal extensive (Dx) Table 6: Effect of PEHA5 or HA5 treatment on S. mutans LIA159 CFU and the body weight of the treated animals.
Group CFU/mL (x105) Animals
Number MS BAP Weight (g)
(n) UA159 infected and 3.2 ± 0.6 3.9 ± 0.4 140 ± 9 5 untreated
PEHA5 treated (100 .M) 1.4 ± 0.4 3.4 ± 0.9 149 ± 16 5
HA5 treated (100 ,M) 5.5 ± 2.6 5.2 ± 1.4 145 ± 14 5
Mitis-Salivarius agar (MS); Blood agar plate (BAP)
CONCLUSIONS
Two previously reported Streptococcus mutans biofilm inhibitors HA5 and HA6 were prepared in larger scale and further evaluated for S. mutans Gtf inhibition, biofilm inhibition and growth inhibition activities against representative strains of oral commensal streptococci. The in vivo antivirulence activities and the potential of HA5 or HA6 to be a therapeutic that combines both species-specific selectivity towards S. mutans and preserves the oral microbiome is demonstrated in vivo by characterizing the oral microbiome in a rat caries model. Phylum and family level comparison of the treatment groups from initial infection of S. mutans to after 2-week and 4-week treatment with HA5 or HA6 showed selective control of S. mutans by the inhibitors without perturbing the overall rat oral microbiome significantly. Previous studies targeting S. mutans biofilm dispersion achieved similar outcomes by reducing caries and preserving overall microbiota, however, the underlying mechanism of the dispersion agent is unknown [57]. Both inhibitors HA5 and HA6 were encapsulated into pH-responsive block copolymer vesicles to generate a polymersome-encapsulated biofilm inhibitors, PEHA5 and PEHA6 respectively and their biofilm and growth inhibitory activities against S. mutans and representative strains of oral commensal Streptococci have been assessed. A 4-week treatment of S. mutans LIA159 infected gnotobiotic rats with 100 .M PEHA5 resulted in significant reductions in buccal, sulcal, and proximal dental caries scores compared to untreated control groups. These outcomes were comparable to those observed with 100 .M of HA5 treatment. Taken together, these results suggest that the compound HA5 and the polymersome encapsulated material, PEHA5 selectively targeted S. mutans virulence factors; Gtfs and Gtf- mediated biofilm formation, rather than a simple inhibition of bacterial growth and are very effective in reducing dental caries in vivo. Overall, our data suggests that the S. mutans biofilm-specific therapy using HA5, HA6, or the polymersome encapsulated materials reported here is a viable approach for preventing caries while preserving the oral microbiome.
EXPERIMENTAL
General considerations
All bacterial strains (S. mutans UA159, S. gordonii DL1 , and S. sanguinis SK36) were inoculated statically at 37°C under 5 % CO2 environment in Todd Hewitt Broth (THB) for 24 h [61]. The cultures were then diluted with fresh THB (1 :5) and reinoculated until the optical density at 470 nm reaches 1. The optical density was read using BioTek 800 TS absorbance reader at 470 nm for bacterial growth and 562 nm for biofilm stained with crystal violet. Data was plotted in Prism 10.0.2.
Biofilm inhibition assays
Biofilm inhibition assays were performed in polystyrene microtiter 96-well plates.
Stock solutions were prepared in chemically defined medium (CDM) with 1 % sucrose, 1 % bacteria cultures and various concentrations of the small molecule inhibitors to examine their activity against biofilm formation as described [6263]. These stocks were assayed in 96 well plates in triplicate and incubated at 37°C and 5 % CO2 for 16 h. After reading optical density for bacterial growth, the plate was washed, dried, and stained with 0.1 % crystal violet which was again rinsed well with deionized water leaving the stained biofilm at the bottoms of the wells. This biofilm was dissolved in 200 pL of 30 % acetic acid and absorbance at 562 nm was read to determine amount of biofilm formation. Each assay was carried out at least in triplicate. Biofilm inhibitor concentration (IC50) of the compounds was determined by serial dilutions from 0 pM - 50 pM (1 % DMSO).
S. mutans, S. gordonii, and S. sanguinis growth assays.
Effects of PEHA5, PEHA6, HA5 or HA6 on S. mutans and commensal bacterial growth were evaluated using the growth assay as described [62]. S. mutans LIA159, S. gordonii DL1 , S. sanguinis SK36, cultures were grown for 24 h under 5 % CO2 at 37°C. These cultures were then reinoculated with fresh THB (1 :5) until OD470 = 1 when the bacteria were ready to be used. Different concentrations of the PEHA5, PEHA6, HA5 or HA6 were assayed in CDM with 1 % of the bacteria, 1 % sucrose and 1 % DMSO in 96 well plates. The 96 well plates were incubated under 5 % CO2 at 37 °C for 16 h. Growth of the bacteria was read after 16 h at OD470. Each assay was carried out at least in triplicate.
Gtf inhibition is determined by glucan quantification assays.
Gtf inhibition assays were performed to assess the ability of HA6 to inhibit the Gtfs and glucan production using a reported procedure and IC50 value was calculated [4445]. Overnight cultures of S. mutans LIA159 were centrifuged (6500 rpm, 4°C, 10 min) to remove the cells. Supernatant was mixed with ethanol (1 :1) and incubated at -80°C for 1 h. The precipitated Gtfs were palleted using centrifugation and resuspended in CDM (1 mL). 10 pL of Gtfs suspension in CDM was assayed on I bidi slides with varying concentrations of PEHA5 or HA6, 1 % sucrose, 1 % DMSO and 1 pM Cascade blue dextran conjugated dye in CDM. The slides were then incubated at 37°C with 5 % CO2 for 16 h after which, the wells of Ibidi slides were gently rinsed with 1x PBS and imaged using fluorescence microscopy. The images obtained were processed in Imaged to quantify glucans and graphed in GraphPad Prism 10.0.2.
Fabrication of pH-responsive polymer vesicles
Materials. Hydroxyl terminated polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS, average Mn ~ 5600, Sigma-Aldrich) was dried overnight in vacuum at 40 °C. Potassium ethyl xanthogenate (96 %, Sigma-Aldrich) and 2,2’-azobis(2-methylpropionitrile (98 %, Sigma-Aldrich) were recrystallized before synthesis from methanol and acetone, respectively, and dried in vacuum at 20 °C. Acetonitrile (certified ACS grade), tetra hydrofuran (THF, HPLC grade), and 1-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone (VPON, 99 %) were purchased from Fisher Scientific and distilled before use. Diethyl ether (anhydrous), methanol, sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid, anhydrous sodium sulfate, and pyridine were purchased from Fisher Scientific and used as received. 2-Bromo-2-propionyl bromide (98 %, TCI) was stored under protective argon (Airgas) atmosphere and used as received.
Synthesis of PVPON8-b-PDMS65-b-PVPON8 triblock copolymer.
First, PDMS terminated with dihydroxyl groups (10.0 g, 1.8 mmol) and pyridine (2.9 mL, 38 mmol) were mixed in a 250-mL round-bottom flask with 100 mL of anhydrous diethyl ester in an ice bath. A solution of 2-bromopropionyl bromide (3.0 mL, 24 mmol) in anhydrous diethyl ester (20 mL) was added dropwise to the mixture over 1 h. The solution was then allowed to warm to room temperature and was stirred for 24 h. The precipitate was separated by filtration and washed with 1.0 M HCI solution (3 times, 50 mL), 1.0 M NaOH solution (3 times, 50 mL), deionized (DI) water (4 times, 100 mL) and then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate. Then, polymer solution was concentrated in a rotary evaporator and dried overnight under vacuum at room temperature. Next, dried polymer (9.8 g, 1.7 mmol) was added to acetonitrile (200 mL) in a 500-mL round-bottom flask and mixed with pyridine (2.9 mL, 38 mmol). Potassium ethyl xanthogenate (1.09 g, 6.8 mmol) dispersion in 20 mL of acetonitrile was added dropwise. The mixture was then stirred at room temperature overnight. After the precipitate was collected by filtration, the crude product was dissolved in 200 mL of diethyl ether. The organic solution was washed sufficiently with 1.0 M HCI solution (3 times, 50 mL), 1.0 M NaOH solution (3 times, 50 mL), and DI water (4 times, 100 mL) and then dried with anhydrous Na2SO4. Then, polymer solution was concentrated in a rotary evaporator and dried overnight under vacuum at room temperature. The final PDMS-based macro-CTA was collected in 8.9 g and Mn was measured to be 7,070 Da based on the 1H NMR calculation of repeating units. The final PVPONs-b-PDMSe^b-PVPONs triblock copolymer was obtained via CTA-mediated polymerization of VPON. Macro-CTA (1.0 g, 0.19 mmol), VPON (2.0 g, 18 mmol), AIBN (33 mg, 0.21 mmol), and freshly distilled tetra hydrofuran (4 mL) were added in one 25 mL Schlenk flask (reactor) equipped with a magnetic stirring bar. The mixed solution was degassed by 3 freeze-pump-thaw cycles. The polymerization was initiated by immersion of the reaction mixture to the preheated oil bath at 65 °C. After 2 h, the reaction was immediately quenched in a liquid N2. Then, the reaction mixture was diluted twice with methanol, transferred to dialysis tubes (MWCO = 500-1000 Da, Spectrum Laboratories), and dialyzed for 2 days in methanol. Then, polymer solution was concentrated in a rotary evaporator and dried overnight under vacuum at room temperature. 1H NMR spectra of the copolymer (15 mg mL-1 in CDCh) were collected on a Bruker 400 MHz NMR spectrometer. Encapsulation of HA5 into polymer vesicles
HA5 loaded polymersomes were prepared using a nanoprecipitation method. For that, 1.0 mL of the PVPON8-b-PDMS64-b-PVPON8 triblock-copolymer solution in ethanol (5.0 mg/mL) was added dropwise to 4.0 mL of the 2.5 mg HA5 (or HA6) solution in DI water at room temperature and left under stirring for 2 h. Then, the obtained solution was dialysed in DI water for 48 h using a Float-a-Lyzer (MWCO 1000 Da, Fisher Scientific) to remove ethanol, followed by dialysis in DI water for 72 h using a Float-a-Lyzer (MWCO 100 kDa, Fisher Scientific) to remove an excess of the drug. The hydrodynamic size of empty and encapsulated polymersomes was measured using a Nano-ZS Zetasizer (Malvern Pananalytical) equipped with a He-Ne laser (663 nm) at 25 °C. Drug concentration was calculated using a NanoDrop One Microvolume UV-Vis spectrophotometer (Thermo Fisher).
Impact of HA5 and HA6 on the rat oral microbiome
We used Fischer 344 rats that were bred and maintained in trexler isolators for this experiment. Male and female rat pups were removed from isolators at 20 days of age and randomly assigned into treatment groups of 5 rats I group in cages with filter tops. Rats were then infected with S. mutans UA159 strain by oral swabbing daily for four consecutive days with a fresh overnight culture of S. mutans UA159. Rats were provided with caries promoting Teklad Diet 305 containing 5 % sucrose (Harlan Laboratories, Inc., Indianapolis, IN) and sterile drinking water ad libitum. Oral swabs were taken 5 days post-infection and plated on Todd Hewitt (TH) agar plates and incubated at 37 °C in an environment of 5 % CO2 in the air to confirm colonization. Rats were weighed at weaning and then weekly throughout the experiment. One-week post-infection, the molars of the rats were brushed twice daily for 4 weeks with the test compounds using camel-hair brushes. Four treatment groups used in this study were: 1) HA5 (100 .M); 2) HA6 (100 .M); 3) NaF (250 ppm); and 4) infected untreated rats. Drinking water was withheld for 60 min following each treatment with the compound. Animals were weighed at weaning and at the termination of the experiment. On day 60, the rats were sacrificed using CO2 followed by cervical dislocation or bilateral thoracotomy. The mandibles were surgically removed and cleaned of excess tissue to assess the level of bacteria present and the extent of caries formation. The right mandible from each rat was placed in a tube containing phosphate buffer (3 mL), placed on ice and sonicated (10 sec) to release bacteria from the molars. Each sample was serially diluted, plated on blood (BAP) and mitis-salivarius (MS) agar plates and incubated in an environment of 5 % CO2 in air at 37 °C to quantify the level of total bacteria and S. mutans present in the plaque. The right and left mandibles from each rat were then placed in 95 % ethanol for 24 h. The mandibles will be cleaned and stained overnight with murexide solution. After drying, the mandibles were sectioned and scored for caries activity using the Keyes method [651. Caries scores were recorded for the buccal, sulcal and proximal molar surfaces individually so that differences among the surfaces can be distinguished. Statistical significance in the mean caries scores, colony-forming units (CFU)/mandible and body weights between groups of rats were determined by one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) with the Tukey-Kramer multiple comparison test using the InStat program (GraphPad Prism 10.0.2.). When determining the statistical significance between the two groups, an unpaired t-test was applied. Differences between groups were considered significant at a P-value < 0.05.
In addition to recording buccal, sulcal and proximal molar surface caries scores and colony-forming units (CFU)/mandible and body weights between groups of rats as described above, plaque samples from rats treated or untreated were collected and DNA was extracted from each sample and used for PCR amplification of -430 bp amplicons of 16S ribosomal DNA hypervariable regions V3 and V4, Illumina adaptors, and molecular barcodes as described [66]. Barcoded PCR samples were sequenced at UAB Microbiome Research Core. The Ribosomal Database Project classifier was used to assign a taxonomic classification to each read in the representative set and a phylogenetic tree will be constructed from the representative sequences. The relative abundance of each OTU was examined at phylum, class, order, family, genus, and species levels. Alpha and beta diversity analysis of the oral microbial community was performed using MicrobiomeAnalyst 2.0 [55]. The ASV table containing the raw counts was filtered to remove low abundance features that were less than 10 % prevalence in samples, and data scaling was performed using Total sum scaling (TSS) prior to the diversity analysis. Alpha diversity indices generated were used in GraphPad Prism 10.0.2 to generate the bar plots. All experimental protocols were approved by the University of Alabama at Birmingham Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee. The methods were carried out in accordance with the relevant guidelines and regulations.
REFERENCES for Example 2
1. Marsh PD, Dental Plaque as a Microbial Biofilm. Caries Res., 2004. 38: p. 204-211.
2. Vos T, Allen, C., Arora, M., Barber, R. M., Bhutta, Z. A., Brown, A., Carter, A., Casey, D. C., Charlson, F. J., Chen, A. Z., Coggeshall, M., Cornaby, L., Dandona, L., Dicker, D. J., Dilegge, T., Erskine, H. E., Ferrari, A. J., Fitzmaurice, C., Fleming, T., ... Murray, C. J. L. , Global, Regional, and National Incidence, Prevalence, and Years Lived with Disability for 310 Diseases and Injuries, 1990-2015: A Systematic Analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2015. Lancet, 2016. 388: p. 1545-1602.
3. Hamada S and Slade HD, Biology, Immunology, and Cariogenicity of Streptococcus mutans. Microbiol. Rev., 1980. 44: p. 331-384.
4. Loesche WJ, Role of Streptococcus mutans in Human Dental Decay. Microbiol. Rev., 1986. 50: p. 353-380. 5. Jenkinson HF and Lamont RJ, Oral Microbial Communities in Sickness and in Health. Trends Microbiol., 2005. 13: p. 589-595.
6. Kolenbrander PE, Andersen RN, Blehert DS, Egland PG, Foster JS, and Palmer RJ, Jr., Communication Among Oral Bacteria. Microbiol. Mol. Biol. Rev., 2002. 66: p. 486-505.
7. Kuramitsu HK, He X, Lux R, Anderson MH, and Shi W, Interspecies Interactions Within Oral Microbial Communities. Microbiol. Mol. Biol. Rev., 2007. 71: p. 653-670.
8. Kouidhi B, Al Qurashi YM, and Chaieb K, Drug resistance of bacterial dental biofilm and the potential use of natural compounds as alternative for prevention and treatment. Microb Pathog, 2015. 80: p. 39-49.
9. Roberts AP and Mullany P, Oral biofilms: a reservoir of transferable, bacterial, antimicrobial resistance. Expert Rev Anti Infect Ther, 2010. 8: p. 1441-1450.
10. Saini R, Saini S, and Sharma S, Biofilm: A dental microbial infection. Journal of Natural Science, Biology, and Medicine, 2011. 2: p. 71-75.
11. Bowden GH and Hamilton IR, Survival of Oral Bacteria. Grit. Rev. Oral Biol. Med., 1998. 9: p. 54-85.
12. Quivey RG, Jr., Kuhnert WL, and Hahn K, Adaptation of Oral Streptococci to Low pH. Adv. Microb. Physiol., 2000. 42: p. 239-274.
13. Yamashita Y, Bowen WH, Burne RA, and Kuramitsu HK, Role of the Streptococcus mutans gtf Genes in Caries Induction in the Specific Pathogen-free Rat Model. Infect. Immun., 1993. 61: p. 3811-3817.
14. Aoki H, Shiroza T, Hayakawa M, Sato S, and Kuramitsu HK, Cloning of a Streptococcus mutans Glucosyltransferase Gene Coding for Insoluble Glucan Synthesis. Infect. Immun., 1986. 53: p. 587-594.
15. Hanada N and Kuramitsu HK, Isolation and Characterization of the Streptococcus mutans gtfC Gene Coding for Synthesis of Both Soluble and Insoluble Glucans. Infect. Immun., 1988. 56: p. 1999-2005.
16. Hanada N and Kuramitsu HK, Isolation and Characterization of the Streptococcus mutans gtfD Gene Coding for Primer-dependent Soluble Glucan Synthesis. Infect. Immun., 1989. 57: p. 2079-2085.
17. Monchois V, Willemot RM, and Monsan P, Glucansucrases: Mechanism of Action and Structure-function Relationships. FEMS Microbiol. Rev., 1999. 23: p. 131-151.
18. Ahirwar P, Kozlovskaya V, Nijampatnam B, Rojas EM, Pukkanasut P, Inman D, Dolmat M, Law AC, Schormann N, Deivanayagam C, Harber GJ, Michalek SM, Wu H, Kharlampieva E, and Velu SE, Hydrogel-Encapsulated Biofilm Inhibitors Abrogate the Cariogenic Activity of Streptococcus mutans. J. Med. Chem. , 2023. 66: p. 7909-7925.
19. Aframian DJ, Davidowitz T, and Benoliel R, The Distribution of Oral Mucosal pH Values in Healthy Saliva Secretors. Oral Dis., 2006. 12: p. 420-423. 20. Baliga S, Muglikar S, and Kale R, Salivary pH: A Diagnostic Biomarker. J. Indian Soc. Periodont., 2013. 17: p. 461-465.
21. Bardow A, Pederson AML, and Nauntofte B, Saliva. In: Miles TS, Nauntofte B, Svensson P eds. Clin. Oral Physiol., 2004: p. 17-33.
22. Lazarchik DA and Filler SJ, Effects of Gastroesophageal Reflux on the Oral Cavity. Am. J. Med., 1997. 103: p. 107S-113S.
23. Markitziu A and Aframian D, Gastro-Intestinal Disorders. Br. Dent. J., 1997. 782: p. 207.
24. Robb ND, Smith BG, and Geidrys-Leeper E, The Distribution of Erosion in the Dentitions of Patients with Eating Disorders. Br. Dent. J., 1995. 178: p. 171-175.
25. Balhaddad AA, Kansara AA, Hidan D, Weir MD, Xu HHK, and Melo MAS, Toward dental caries: Exploring nanoparticle-based platforms and calcium phosphate compounds for dental restorative materials. Bioactive Materials, 2019. 4: p. 43-55.
26. Carrouel F, Viennot S, Ottolenghi L, Gaillard C, and Bourgeois D, Nanoparticles as Anti-Microbial, Anti-Inflammatory, and Remineralizing Agents in Oral Care Cosmetics: A Review of the Current Situation. Nanomaterials, 2020. 70: p. 140.
27. Chen H, Gu L, Liao B, Zhou X, Cheng L, and Ren B, Advances of Anti-Caries Nanomaterials. Molecules, 2020. 25: p. 5047.
28. Song W and Ge S, Application of Antimicrobial Nanoparticles in Dentistry. Molecules 2019. 24: p. 1033.
29. Zhao Z, Ding C, Wang Y, Tan H, and Li J, pH-Responsive polymeric nanocarriers for efficient killing of cariogenic bacteria in biofilms. Biomater Sci, 2019. 7: p. 1643-1651.
30. Sims KR, Maceren JP, Liu Y, Rocha GR, Koo H, and Benoit DSW, Dual Antibacterial Drug-loaded Nanoparticles Synergistically Improve Treatment of Streptococcus mutans Biofilms. Acta Biomater., 2020. 775: p. 418-431.
31. Yi Y, Wang L, Chen L, Lin Y, Luo Z, Chen Z, Li T, Wu J, and Zhong Z, Farnesal- loaded pH-Sensitive Polymeric Micelles Provided Effective Prevention and Treatment on Dental Caries. J. Nanobiotech., 2020. 18: p. 89.
32. Seneviratne CJ, Leung KC-F, Wong C-H, Lee S-F, Li X, Leung PC, Lau CBS, Wat E, and Jin L, Nanoparticle-Encapsulated Chlorhexidine against Oral Bacterial Biofilms. Pios One, 2014. 9: p. e103234.
33. Zhang JF, Wu R, Fan Y, Liao S, Wang Y, Wen ZT, and Xu X, Antibacterial Dental Composites with Chlorhexidine and Mesoporous Silica. J. Dent. Res., 2014. 93: p. 1283- 1289.
34. Nguyen S, Hiorth M, Rykke M, and Smistad G, Polymer Coated Liposomes for Dental Drug Delivery: Interactions with Parotid Saliva and Dental Enamel. Eur. J. Pharm. Sci., 2013. 50: p. 78-85. 35. Feitosa SA, Palasuk J, Kamocki K, Geraldeli S, Gregory RL, Platt JA, Windsor LJ, and Bottino MC, Doxycycline-Encapsulated Nanotube-Modified Dentin Adhesives. J. Dent. Res., 2014. 93: p. 1270-1276.
36. Zhou Y, Yang J, Lin Z, Li J, Liang K, Yuan H, Li S, and Li J, Triclosan-Loaded Poly(amido amine) Dendrimer for Simultaneous Treatment and Remineralization of Human Dentine. Colloids Surf. B., 2014. 115: p. 237-243.
37. Ferji K, Nouvel C, Babin J, Li MH, Gaillard C, Nicol E, Chassenieux C, and Six JL, Polymersomes from Amphiphilic Glycopolymers Containing Polymeric Liquid Crystal Grafts. ACS Macro. Lett., 2015. 4: p. 1119-1122.
38. Ghorbanizamani F, Moulahoum H, Zihnioglu F, and Timur S, Nanohybrid carriers: the yin-yang equilibrium between natural and synthetic in biomedicine. Biomat. Sci. , 2020. 8: p. 3237-3247.
39. Battaglia G and Ryan AJ, Bilayers and interdigitation in block copolymer vesicles. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2005. 127: p. 8757-8764.
40. Agut W, Brulet A, Schatz C, Taton D, and Lecommandoux S, pH and temperature responsive polymeric micelles and polymersomes by self-assembly of poly[2- (dimethylamino)ethyl methacrylate]-b-poly(glutamic acid) double hydrophilic block copolymers. Langmuir, 2010. 26: p. 10546-10554.
41. Kita-Tokarczyk K, Grumelard J, Haefele T, and Meier W, Block copolymer vesicles — using concepts from polymer chemistry to mimic biomembranes. Polymer, 2005. 46: p. 3540-3563.
42. Liang X, Liu F, Kozlovskaya V, Palchak Z, and Kharlampieva E, Thermoresponsive Micelles from Double LCST-Poly(3-methyl-N-vinylcaprolactam) Block Copolymers for Cancer Therapy. ACS Macro Letters, 2015. 4: p. 308-311.
43. Liu F, Kozlovskaya V, Zavgorodnya O, Martinez-Lopez C, Catledge S, and Kharlampieva E, Encapsulation of anticancer drug by hydrogen-bonded multilayers of tannic acid. Soft Matter, 2014. 10: p. 9237-9247.
44. Huffines JT and Scoffield JA, Disruption of Streptococcus mutans and Candida albicans Synergy by a Commensal Streptococcus. Sci. Rep., 2020. 10: p. 19661.
45. Huffines JT, Stoner SN, Baty J J , and Scoffield JA, Nitrite Triggers Reprogramming of the Oral Polymicrobial Metabolome by a Commensal Streptococcus. Front. Cell Infect. Microbiol., 2022. 12: p. 833339.
46. Rarey M, Kramer B, Lengauer T, and Klebe G, A Fast Flexible Docking Method using an Incremental Construction Algorithm. J. Mol. Biol., 1996. 261: p. 470-489.
47. BioSolvelT GmbH, SeeSAR version 13.0.1. 2023: Sankt Augustin, Germany.
48. Warren GL, Andrews CW, Capelli A-M, Clarke B, LaLonde J, Lambert MH, Lindvall M, Nevins N, Semus SF, Senger S, Tedesco G, Wall ID, Woolven JM, Peishoff CE, and Head MS, A Critical Assessment of Docking Programs and Scoring Functions. J. Med. Chem., 2006. 49: p. 5912-5931.
49. Zhang Q, Ma Q, Wang Y, Wu H, and Zou J, Molecular mechanisms of inhibiting glucosyltransferases for biofilm formation in Streptococcus mutans. I nt. J. Oral. Sci. , 2021. 13: p. 30.
50. Banas JA, Lynch DJ, Michalek SM, Zhu M, Drake D, and Qian F, Cariogenicity of Streptococcus mutans Glucan-Binding Protein Deletion Mutants. Oral Health Dent. Manag., 2013. 12: p. 191-199.
51. Hazlett KR, Michalek SM, and Banas JA, Inactivation of the gbpA Gene of Streptococcus mutans Increases virulence and Promotes In Vivo Accumulation of Recombinations Between the Glucosyltransferase B and C Genes. Infect. Immun., 1998. 66: p. 2180-2185.
52. Michalek SM, McGhee JR, and Navia JM, Virulence of Streptococcus mutans: a sensitive method for evaluating cariogenicity in young gnotobiotic rats. Infect. Immun., 1975. 12: p. 69-75.
53. Michalek SM, McGhee JR, Shiota T, and Devenyns D, Virulence of Streptococcus mutans: Cariogenicity of S. mutans in Adult Gnotobiotic Rats. Infect. Immun., 1977. 15: p. 466-471.
54. Palmer SR, Crowley PJ, Oli MW, Ruelf MA, Michalek SM, and Brady LJ, YidC1 and YidC2 are functionally distinct proteins involved in protein secretion, biofilm formation and cariogenicity of Streptococcus mutans. Microbiology, 2012. 158: p. 1702-1712.
55. Lu Y, Zhou G, Ewald J, Pang Z, Shiri T, and Xia J, MicrobiomeAnalyst 2.0: comprehensive statistical, functional and integrative analysis of microbiome data. Nucleic Acids Res., 2023. 51: p. W310-W318.
56. Guo L, McLean JS, Yang Y, Eckert R, Kaplan CW, Kyme P, Sheikh O, Varnum B, Lux R, Shi W, and He X, Precision-guided antimicrobial peptide as a targeted modulator of human microbial ecology. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 2015. 112: p. 7569-7574.
57. Garcia SS, Blackledge MS, Michalek S, Su L, Ptacek T, Eipers P, Morrow C, Lefkowitz EJ, Melander C, and Wu H, Targeting of Streptococcus mutans Biofilms by a Novel Small Molecule Prevents Dental Caries and Preserves the Oral Microbiome. J. Dent. Res., 2017. 96: p. 807-814.
58. Yang Y, Kozlovskaya V, Dolmat M, Song Y, Qian S, Urban VS, Cropek D, and Kharlampieva E, Temperature controlled transformations of giant unilamellar vesicles of amphiphilic triblock copolymers synthesized via microfluidic mixing. Appl. Surf. Sci. Adv. , 2021. 5: p. 100101.
59. Yang Y, Kozlovskaya V, Zhang Z, Xing C, Zaharias S, Dolmat M, Qian S, Zhang J, Warram JM, Yang ES, and Kharlampieva E, Poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone)-block- Poly(dimethylsiloxane)-block-Poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone) Triblock Copolymer Polymersomes for Delivery of PARP1 siRNA to Breast Cancers. ACS Appl. Bio Mater., 2022. 5: p. 1670-1682.
60. Liu F, Kozlovskaya V, Medipelli S, Xue B, Ahmad F, Saeed M, Cropek D, and Kharlampieva E, Temperature-Sensitive Polymersomes for Controlled Delivery of Anticancer Drugs. Chemistry of Materials, 2015. 27: p. 7945-7956.
61. Loo C, Corliss D, and Ganeshkumar N, Streptococcus gordonii biofilm formation: identification of genes that code for biofilm phenotypes. J Bacteriol, 2000. 182: p. 1374- 1382.
62. Liu C, Worthington RJ, Melander C, and Wu H, A New Small Molecule Specifically Inhibits the Cariogenic Bacterium Streptococcus mutans in Multispecies Biofilms. Antimicrob. Agents Chemother., 2011. 55: p. 2679-2687.
63. Zhang Q, Nguyen T, McMichael M, Velu SE, Zou J, Zhou X, and Wu H, New Small- Molecule Inhibitors of Di hydrofolate Reductase Inhibit Streptococcus mutans. I nt. J. Antimicrob. Agents, 2015. 46: p. 174-182.
64. Schrodinger L, The PyMOL Molecular Graphics System, Version 2.4.2.
65. Keyes PH, Dental Caries in the Molar Teeth of Rats. II. A Method for Diagnosing and Scoring Several Types of Lesions Simultaneously. J. Dent. Res., 1958. 37: p. 1088-1099.
66. Bruce-Keller AJ, Salbaum JM, Luo M, Blanchard Et, Taylor CM, Welsh DA, and Berthoud HR, Obese-type gut microbiota induce neurobehavioral changes in the absence of obesity. Biol. Psychiatry, 2015. 77: p. 607-615.
It should be noted that ratios, concentrations, amounts, and other numerical data may be expressed herein in a range format. It is to be understood that such a range format is used for convenience and brevity, and thus, should be interpreted in a flexible manner to include not only the numerical values explicitly recited as the limits of the range, but also to include all the individual numerical values or sub-ranges encompassed within that range as if each numerical value and sub-range is explicitly recited. To illustrate, a concentration range of “about 0.1 percent to about 5 percent” should be interpreted to include not only the explicitly recited concentration of about 0.1 weight percent to about 5 weight percent but also include individual concentrations (e.g., 1 percent, 2 percent, 3 percent, and 4 percent) and the sub-ranges (e.g., 0.5 percent, 1.1 percent, 2.2 percent, 3.3 percent, and 4.4 percent) within the indicated range. The term “about” can include traditional rounding according to significant figures of the numerical value. In addition, the phrase “about ‘x’ to ‘y’” includes “about ‘x’ to about ‘y’”.
Many variations and modifications may be made to the above-described aspects. All such modifications and variations are intended to be included herein within the scope of this disclosure and protected by the following claims.

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed:
1. A composition comprising a plurality of hydrogel particles and a plurality of small molecules, wherein the small molecules are encapsulated inside the hydrogel particles and wherein the small molecules have the following structure:
Figure imgf000075_0001
wherein each Ri is independently selected from hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkoxyl group, and OH, wherein R2 is hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkoxyl group, and OH, wherein each R3 is independently selected from hydrogen, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkoxyl group, and OH.
2. The composition of claim 1, wherein each R1 is independently selected from hydrogen, methoxy, and OH.
3. The composition of claim 1, wherein the structure includes 2 R1 groups and the each R1 group is methoxy or OH.
4. The composition of claim 1, wherein the structure includes 3 R1 groups and the each R1 group is methoxy or OH.
5. The composition of claim 1, wherein the structure is 2-[(2’,4’,5’- trihydroxyphenyl)methylidene]-2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuran-3-one.
6. The composition of claim 1, wherein the structure is 2-[(3’,4’,5’- trihydroxyphenyl)methylidene]-2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuran-3-one.
7. The composition of claim 1 , wherein the hydrogel particle is made of a polymer or co- polymers of poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone) (PVPON) and poly(dimethylsiloxane) (PDMS).
8. The composition of claim 1 , wherein the hydrogel particles is a vesical comprising the small molecules within the vesicle.
9. The composition of claim 8, wherein the vesicle has a diameter of about 20 to 50 nm.
10. The composition of claim 1 , wherein the hydrogel particles is made of cross-linked poly(methacrylic acid) (PMAA), wherein the small molecules are within the PMAA.
11. The composition of claim 8, wherein the hydrogel particles are each comprised of 3 to 7 layers of cross-linked poly(methacrylic acid) (PMAA), wherein the small molecules are within the layer of the PMAA.
12. The composition of claim 11 , wherein the hydrogel particles have a cubic shape.
13. The composition of claim 11, wherein the hydrogel particles have a diameter of about 1 pm to about 10 pm.
14. The composition of claim 11, wherein the hydrogel particles further comprise pH- sensitive cross-linkers.
15. The composition of claim 12, wherein the pH-sensitive cross-linkers are selected from the group consisting of ethylene diamine, cystamine, dithiobis(succinimidyl propionate), adipic acid dihydrazide, or any combination thereof.
16. The composition of claim 1 , wherein the loading capacity of the hydrogel particles is about 0.003 to about 0.008 ng of the small molecule per particle.
17. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the composition of any one of claims 1-16 to treat a condition.
18. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 17, wherein the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
19. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 18, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is a dentifrice.
20. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 17, wherein condition is dental caries.
21. A method for treating dental caries comprising contacting a biofilm or contacting a cell capable of forming a biofilm with a therapeutically effective amount of the composition or pharmaceutical composition of any one of claims 1-20.
22. The method of claim 21, where the cell capable of forming a biofilm is Streptococcus mutans.
PCT/US2024/030331 2023-05-23 2024-05-21 Nanomaterial encapsulated biofilm inhibitors for dental caries treatment WO2024243187A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202363503801P 2023-05-23 2023-05-23
US63/503,801 2023-05-23
US202363584657P 2023-09-22 2023-09-22
US63/584,657 2023-09-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024243187A1 true WO2024243187A1 (en) 2024-11-28

Family

ID=93589824

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2024/030331 WO2024243187A1 (en) 2023-05-23 2024-05-21 Nanomaterial encapsulated biofilm inhibitors for dental caries treatment

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024243187A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20080260833A1 (en) * 2007-04-20 2008-10-23 Thomas Hirt Drug delivery vehicle containing vesicles in a hydrogel base
US9861701B2 (en) * 2009-11-09 2018-01-09 Spotlight Technology Partners Llc Hydrogel compositions
US20190169151A1 (en) * 2016-04-11 2019-06-06 Middle Tennessee State University Therapeutic aurones
US20210115007A1 (en) * 2018-04-03 2021-04-22 Uab Research Foundation Streptococcus mutans glucosyl transferase inhibitors for dental caries therapy
US20210139512A1 (en) * 2018-01-26 2021-05-13 Yale University Compositions and methods for inhibiting group ii intron rna

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20080260833A1 (en) * 2007-04-20 2008-10-23 Thomas Hirt Drug delivery vehicle containing vesicles in a hydrogel base
US9861701B2 (en) * 2009-11-09 2018-01-09 Spotlight Technology Partners Llc Hydrogel compositions
US20190169151A1 (en) * 2016-04-11 2019-06-06 Middle Tennessee State University Therapeutic aurones
US20210139512A1 (en) * 2018-01-26 2021-05-13 Yale University Compositions and methods for inhibiting group ii intron rna
US20210115007A1 (en) * 2018-04-03 2021-04-22 Uab Research Foundation Streptococcus mutans glucosyl transferase inhibitors for dental caries therapy

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
AHIRWAR PARMANAND, KOZLOVSKAYA VERONIKA, NIJAMPATNAM BHAVITAVYA, ROJAS EDWIN M., PUKKANASUT PIYASUDA, INMAN DANIEL, DOLMAT MAKSIM,: "Hydrogel-Encapsulated Biofilm Inhibitors Abrogate the Cariogenic Activity of Streptococcus mutans", JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, US, vol. 66, no. 12, 22 June 2023 (2023-06-22), US , pages 7909 - 7925, XP093245361, ISSN: 0022-2623, DOI: 10.1021/acs.jmedchem.3c00272 *
XUE BING, KOZLOVSKAYA VERONIKA, LIU FEI, CHEN JUN, WILLIAMS J. FOX, CAMPOS-GOMEZ JAVIER, SAEED MOHAMMAD, KHARLAMPIEVA EUGENIA: "Intracellular Degradable Hydrogel Cubes and Spheres for Anti-Cancer Drug Delivery", APPLIED MATERIALS & INTERFACES, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, US, vol. 7, no. 24, 24 June 2015 (2015-06-24), US , pages 13633 - 13644, XP093245357, ISSN: 1944-8244, DOI: 10.1021/acsami.5b03360 *
YANG ET AL.: "Poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone)-block-Poly(dimethylsiloxane)-block-Poly(N-vinylpyrrolidone) Triblock Copolymer Polymersomes for Delivery of PARP1 siRNA to Breast Cancers", ACS APPLIED BIO MATERIALS, vol. 5, 16 March 2022 (2022-03-16), pages 1670 - 1682, XP093125636, DOI: 10.1021/acsabm.2c00063 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
Islam et al. Novel anti-adherence activity of mulberry leaves: inhibition of Streptococcus mutans biofilm by 1-deoxynojirimycin isolated from Morus alba
JP5521788B2 (en) Novel resveratrol polymer compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
AU2017385332B2 (en) Composition of mannuronic dicarboxylic acid
TWI853790B (en) Cell-penetrating peptide sequences
JP6706827B2 (en) Pharmaceutical composition, blood processing device, cosmetics and food and drink using combustion synthetic material
KR101803201B1 (en) SNARE complex formation inhibiting composition comprising myricetin derivatives
KR102118197B1 (en) Nanovesicles derived from Micrococcus bacteria and Use thereof
AU2008218275A1 (en) Bridged polycyclic compound based compositions for the inhibition and amelioration of disease
CN109562048A (en) For promoting the composition and method of skin health
Selvaraj et al. Treatment of dental biofilm-forming bacterium Streptococcus mutans using tannic acid-mediated gold nanoparticles
EP2633885A1 (en) Compounds and mixtures for affecting inflammatory conditions
WO2013061455A1 (en) Novel resveratrol polymerization compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
US11866416B2 (en) Streptococcus mutans glucosyl transferase inhibitors for dental caries therapy
KR20190130983A (en) Novel brominated furanone derivatives, preparation method thereof, and pharmaceutical composition for use in preventing or treating periodontitis containing the same as an active ingredient
Ahirwar et al. Hydrogel-encapsulated biofilm inhibitors abrogate the cariogenic activity of Streptococcus mutans
CN103037868A (en) Use of isoacteoside or pharmaceutically acceptable salt
WO2008050857A1 (en) Amide compound or salt thereof, and biofilm formation inhibitor, biofilm remover and bactericide each using the amide compound or salt thereof
WO2024243187A1 (en) Nanomaterial encapsulated biofilm inhibitors for dental caries treatment
Wu et al. New Advances in Periodontal Functional Materials Based on Antibacterial, Anti‐Inflammatory, and Tissue Regeneration Strategies
Jin et al. TA-V Nanozymes with acid Resistance capabilities effectively target and alleviate ulcerative colitis lesions via oral delivery
CN106699751A (en) Novel compound XQH-3-7, and application of novel compound in streptococcus mutans resistance and streptococcus mutans biological membrane formation inhibition
CN105272975B (en) One kind has the indole alkaloid and its preparation method and application of 1,2,4- oxadiazoles fragment structure
EP2926800B1 (en) Composition comprising melatonin or its derivatives with coenzyme q10 and use thereof against ageing of the skin
JP2012116791A (en) Autoinducer-2 inhibitor
JP5881287B2 (en) Autoinducer-2 inhibitor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 24811769

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1